WO2021088675A1 - 一种通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021088675A1
WO2021088675A1 PCT/CN2020/123747 CN2020123747W WO2021088675A1 WO 2021088675 A1 WO2021088675 A1 WO 2021088675A1 CN 2020123747 W CN2020123747 W CN 2020123747W WO 2021088675 A1 WO2021088675 A1 WO 2021088675A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
paging
information
sim1
message
sim2
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/123747
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
金辉
才宇
姚楚婷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to KR1020227017878A priority Critical patent/KR20220087553A/ko
Priority to CN202080077724.XA priority patent/CN114667776A/zh
Priority to EP20884392.0A priority patent/EP4044706A4/en
Priority to US17/774,936 priority patent/US20220394459A1/en
Priority to JP2022525966A priority patent/JP7401668B2/ja
Publication of WO2021088675A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021088675A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/12Inter-network notification
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/18Processing of user or subscriber data, e.g. subscribed services, user preferences or user profiles; Transfer of user or subscriber data
    • H04W8/183Processing at user equipment or user record carrier
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/0268Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control using specific QoS parameters for wireless networks, e.g. QoS class identifier [QCI] or guaranteed bit rate [GBR]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/005Transmission of information for alerting of incoming communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • H04W60/04Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration using triggered events
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/06Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks or having at least two operational modes, e.g. multi-mode terminals

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • Dual-card terminal refers to a terminal equipped with two calling cards at the same time.
  • the phone card may be, for example, a subscriber identification module (SIM) card or a universal subscriber identity module (USIM) card.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • USIM universal subscriber identity module
  • the terminal sends the phone card data to the terminal through the sending channel.
  • This process can be understood as: After the baseband signal generated by the terminal undergoes modulation and demodulation processing, a radio frequency signal is generated, and the radio frequency signal is sent to the base station through the antenna.
  • a transmission channel Transmitchain, Txchain. For example, two calling cards are denoted as card 1 and card 2.
  • card 1 For a terminal with only one sending channel, if card 1 is in the connected state and card 2 is in the non-connected state, and when card 2 needs to initiate a service actively or when card 2 receives a paging from the network, card 2 needs to enter the connected state, and card 2 will Preempt this sending channel. In this case, if card 2 preempts the sending channel successfully, then card 1 will be disconnected and enter a disconnected state. However, the base station does not know that the card 1 has been disconnected, and will continue to send the data of the card 1 to the terminal, causing the data of the card 1 to be lost, which affects the user experience.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, in order to solve the problem of terminal data loss caused by service requirements of the other card during the connection process of one card in a dual-card terminal with one sending channel.
  • a communication method is provided. The method is used between a communication device and a first device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal.
  • the communication device includes SIM1 and SIM2.
  • the first device may be an access network that provides services for the terminal. Equipment or core network equipment.
  • the method includes the following process: the first device provides a service for the SIM1 of the communication device, and when the SIM1 is in the connected state, it is determined that the SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state.
  • the communication device sends the first information to the first device through the SIM1.
  • the first device receives first information from the communication device.
  • the first information indicates to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the first information includes or indicates: it is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device.
  • the conditions for calling the message are not limited to the message.
  • the first information is sent to the first device through the communication device.
  • the first information indicates to stop sending the paging message for paging SIM1 to the communication device.
  • the first device or the second device can learn that SIM1 is disconnected according to the first information.
  • the data of SIM1 will continue to be sent to the communication device, which can avoid data loss caused by the first device continuing to send data when SIM1 is disconnected.
  • the first device or the second device will not send a paging message for SIM1 to the communication device, which saves network resources and can also prevent the communication device from preempting the sending channel after receiving the paging message from SIM1, that is, preventing the SIM card 2
  • the preempted sending channel affects the business, ensuring that SIM2 can perform the business normally.
  • the first information may indicate how the first device sends a paging message for the SIM card 1, and may also indicate how the second device sends a paging message for the SIM1.
  • the second device is a device different from the first device. If the first information indicates the paging mode of the second device, after receiving the first information, the first device needs to continue to send upwards to notify the second device.
  • the first information may indicate how the first device sends a paging message for SIM1.
  • the first information indicates that the first device stops sending paging messages for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the first information includes or indicates that the first device allows sending to the communication device Conditions for paging the paging message of the SIM1; the first device stops sending the paging message for the SIM1 to the communication device according to the first information; or, according to the first information, determines to allow Sending a paging message condition for paging the SIM1 to the communication device.
  • the first information indicates that the second device stops sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the first information includes or indicates that the second device Conditions for allowing the paging message to be sent to the communication device to page the SIM1; the first device sends second information to the second device, and the second information instructs the second device to stop sending to the communication device Send a paging message for paging the SIM1; or, the second information includes or indicates a condition for the second device to allow the communication device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • the second device receives the second information of the first device, it will determine whether to allow sending a paging message to SIM1 or determine the conditions for allowing paging to SIM1 based on the second information.
  • the execution method is similar to that of the first device, and can be referred to each other, and will not be repeated.
  • the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device
  • the first information includes Or indicate: allow the first device or the second device to send information about the service of paging the SIM1 paging message to the communication device; or, allow the first device or the second device to send the paging message to the communication device Sending information about the PDU session of the paging message for paging the SIM1; or allowing the first device or the second device to send information about the QoS flow of the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or , The information of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state; or, the information of the PDU session that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state; or, the information of the QoS flow that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • the communication device may indicate the first service, the first PDU session, or the first QoS flow to the first device, and indicate which service/PDU session/QoS flow paging messages for the SIM1 are allowed to be sent to the communication device by the network side.
  • the communication device may indicate the second service, the second PDU session, or the second QoS flow to the first device, and the network side may make a self-determination based on the second service, the second PDU session or the second QoS flow, and may send the communication device to the communication device. What services/PDU sessions/QoS flow paging messages of SIM1.
  • the information of the service that allows the paging message of the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device includes: the service that allows the paging message of the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device Type; or, the priority of the service that allows the communication device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1; or, the lowest priority of the service that allows the communication device to send a paging message for the SIM1 to the communication device .
  • the information of the PDU session that is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device includes: for describing the paging that is allowed to be sent to the communication device to page the SIM1 The description information of the PDU session of the paging message; or, the priority of the PDU session that allows the paging message to page the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device; or, the paging message for the SIM1 is allowed to be sent to the communication device. The lowest priority of the PDU session of the call message.
  • the information of the service that is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device includes: for describing the paging that is allowed to send paging the SIM1 to the communication device The description information of the quality of service QoS flow of the message; or, the QoS priority of the QoS flow of the paging message that allows paging the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device; or, the QoS priority of the QoS flow that allows the paging message to be sent to the communication device The lowest priority of the QoS flow of the paging message of SIM1.
  • the overhead of paging SIM1 on the network side can be saved, and on the other hand, when the business of SIM1 is important or the priority is high, the paging of SIM1 can be resumed in time. Call, help to ensure the smooth progress of important business of SIM1.
  • the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state is an emergency call service or a location update service
  • the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending paging stations to the communication device. Describe the paging message of SIM1.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives a first paging message for paging the SIM2, the first paging message includes or indicates: a service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state ⁇ ; The communication device determines the first information according to the information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the service in the connected state. For example, the communication device determines the content of the first information according to the priority of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives a second paging message for paging the SIM2 from the first device; the communication device causes the SIM2 to enter a connected state; the The communication device determines the information of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state; the communication device determines the first information according to the information of the service that the SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • the purpose of temporarily bringing SIM2 into the connected state is to learn what service triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state, so as to determine the first information.
  • the communication device causing the SIM2 to enter the connected state includes: the communication device sends a request message to the access network device that provides services for the SIM1 through the SIM1, and the request message is used When requesting to suspend scheduling of the time slot of the SIM1; the communication device is connected to the access network device that provides services for the SIM2 through the SIM2 in the time slot.
  • the access network equipment to suspend scheduling informs the network side communication device SIM1 that it is only temporarily away, and the network side can retain the data that it wants to send to SIM1, and will not send data to SIM1 in the gap, saving overhead.
  • the communication device sending the first information to the first device through the SIM1 includes: the communication device determines that the priority of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state is higher than that of the SIM1. The priority of the service in the connected state; the communication device sends the first information to the first device through the SIM1. If it is lower or not higher, you can choose to stay in SIM1 for business. Through this judgment, the preferred service can be correctly selected when the SIM1 and SIM2 services conflict, and the user experience can be improved.
  • the first information includes timer information, and the timer information is used to instruct the first device or the second device to stop sending paging to the communication device.
  • the duration of the paging message of the SIM1, or the duration used to indicate that a paging message that satisfies the condition is allowed to be sent to the communication device.
  • the two cards can effectively coordinate the use of the sending channel. After the timer expires, it will be transferred to SIM1 for business in time, and normal paging of SIM1 can be resumed.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives second information sent by the first device or the second device, and the second information is used to instruct to change the SIM1 to a non- Connected state; the communication device causes the SIM2 to enter the connected state according to the second information.
  • the method further includes: the communication device determines that the SIM2 changes from the connected state to the non-connected state, or the communication device determines that the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state ends, then: the communication device Sending third information to the first device through the SIM1, the third information indicating that the first device or the second device is allowed to send a paging message to the SIM1.
  • the communication device Sending third information to the first device through the SIM1, the third information indicating that the first device or the second device is allowed to send a paging message to the SIM1.
  • the use of the transmission channel by the two cards can be effectively coordinated. After receiving the third information, it will transfer to SIM1 for business in time and resume normal paging of SIM1.
  • the communication device sending the first information to the first device through the SIM1 includes: the communication device sends an RRC message to the access network device that provides the service for the communication device through the SIM1, so
  • the RRC message carries the first information.
  • the RRC message may be an RRC suspension message or an RRC release message. The suspension or release action is performed through the RRC suspension or release message.
  • the communication device sends a NAS message to a core network device that provides a service for the communication device through the SIM1, and the first NAS message carries the first information.
  • the first information includes timer information; the method further includes: before the timer expires, stopping sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device, or Sending a paging message that satisfies the condition to the communication device.
  • the timer can effectively coordinate the use of the sending channel by the two cards. After the timer expires, it will transfer to SIM1 for business in time, and resume normal paging of SIM1.
  • the method further includes: sending second information to the communication device, where the second information is used to instruct to change the SIM1 to a non-connected state, and to instruct the communication device to use The SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • the first device is an access network device; receiving the first information from the communication device includes: receiving an RRC message from the communication device, the RRC message carrying the first information; or
  • the first device is a core network device; receiving the first information from the communication device includes: receiving a NAS message from the communication device, and the NAS message carries the first information.
  • the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a suspension message requested by the user equipment.
  • the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • the first device may be AMF, and the advantage of AMF for control is that there are fewer processes and reduced signaling overhead.
  • the first device may be an SMF
  • the advantage of SMF control is that the SMF itself can perceive the service status, and no additional functions are required.
  • the first device may be an access network device, and the advantage of the access network device's control is that there is no need to modify the core network entity.
  • a communication device may be a terminal, a device in the terminal (for example, a chip, or a chip system, or a circuit), or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the terminal in the first aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software.
  • the communication device may include a processing module, a first communication module SIM1 and a second communication module SIM2.
  • the processing module is used to call the first communication module SIM1 or the second communication module SIM2 to perform receiving and/or sending functions.
  • a processing module configured to determine that the SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state when the SIM1 is in the connected state;
  • the processing module is further configured to send first information to the first device through the first communication module; wherein the first information indicates to stop sending a paging message for paging the first card to the terminal; or, The first information includes or indicates: a condition for allowing the terminal to send a paging message for paging the first card.
  • the processing module in the device may also execute other methods described in the terminal in the first aspect. I won't repeat them here.
  • a device in a third aspect, can be a network device, for example, the network device is the first device, or a device in the network device (for example, a chip, or a chip system, or a circuit), or can be connected to a network
  • the equipment used to match the equipment may include a module that performs one-to-one correspondence of the method/operation/step/action described in the first device in the first aspect.
  • the module may be a hardware circuit, software, or hardware circuit. Combined with software implementation.
  • a processing module configured to provide services for the first card of the terminal, the terminal including the first card and the second card;
  • the communication module is configured to receive first information from the terminal, where the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the first card to the terminal; or, The first information includes or indicates: a condition for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the first card to the terminal.
  • the communication module and processing module in the communication device may also execute other methods described in the first device in the first aspect. I won't repeat them here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device supports the installation of at least two SIM cards, the communication device includes a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to pass The first communication module or the second communication module communicates with other devices, such as sending and receiving data or signals. Other devices can be network devices.
  • the processor is used to call a set of programs, instructions, or data to execute the method executed by the terminal described in the first aspect.
  • the memory may be coupled with the processor, and when the processor executes instructions or data stored in the memory, it may implement the method executed by the terminal described in the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device includes a memory and a processor, the memory stores instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions so that the communication device executes the communication device described in the first aspect.
  • the device may also include a memory for storing programs, instructions or data called by the processor.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and when the processor executes instructions or data stored in the memory, it can implement the method executed by the first device described in the first aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores computer-readable instructions.
  • the computer can execute The method described in one aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect and any possible design of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, for implementing the method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect .
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a system.
  • the system includes a terminal and a first device, and the terminal and the first device execute the method corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is one of the schematic diagrams of the architecture of the communication system in the embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2 is the second schematic diagram of the architecture of the communication system in the embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 3a is a schematic structural diagram of a dual-card terminal in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3b is a schematic flowchart of a method for paging SIM2 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is one of the schematic diagrams of the communication method in the embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is the second schematic diagram of the communication method flow in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow diagram of a communication method of application scenario 1 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow diagram of the communication method of application scenario 2 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow diagram of the communication method of application scenario 3 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method in application scenario 4 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method of application scenario 5 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flow diagram of a communication method of application scenario 6 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flow diagram of the communication method of application scenario 7 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method for application scenario 8 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method for application scenario 9 in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15a is one of the schematic diagrams of the scene interface when the card 1 is switched to the card 2 in an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 15b is the second schematic diagram of the scene interface of switching from card 1 to card 2 in the embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15c is one of the schematic diagrams of the scene interface when the card 1 is switched to the card 2 in the embodiment of the application;
  • 15d is the second schematic diagram of the scene interface of switching from card 1 to card 2 in the embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 16 is one of the schematic diagrams of the structure of the communication device in the embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is the second schematic diagram of the structure of the communication device in the embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is the fourth structural diagram of the communication device in the embodiment of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which can be used for a dual-card single-channel terminal, so that when one card enters a connected state, the terminal avoids data loss of another card.
  • the method and the device are based on the same technical idea. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • “and/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist separately. There are three cases of B.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, such as a 5G new radio (NR), or applied to various future communication systems.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR 5G new radio
  • FIG. 1 shows the architecture of a possible communication system to which the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the communication system may include a terminal 101 and a first device 102.
  • the first device 102 may be an access network device or a core network device.
  • the first device or terminal may be hardware, or software that is functionally divided, or a combination of hardware and software.
  • the first device and the terminal may communicate with other devices or network elements.
  • the first device 102 may send downlink data to the terminal 101, and may also receive uplink data sent by the terminal 101.
  • the terminal 101 can also send uplink data to the first device 102, and can also receive downlink data sent by the first device 102.
  • the first device 102 may be an access network device.
  • An access network device is a node in a radio access network (RAN), which may also be called a base station, or a RAN node (or device).
  • RAN radio access network
  • some examples of access network equipment 101 are: gNB/NR-NB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB) , Baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP), or network equipment in a 5G communication system, or network equipment in a possible future communication system .
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • NB Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • the first device 102 may also be a core network device.
  • the first device 102 has an authentication management function (AMF), and the AMF is used for access and mobility management functions.
  • AMF authentication management function
  • MME mobility management entity
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • the communication system may also include some other devices in the core network.
  • the core network in 5G is represented by 5G core network (5G core, 5GC), and the core network in 4G is represented by 4G core network (4G core, 4GC).
  • the 5GC includes one or more network functions (network function, NF), and the NF may also be referred to as a network function entity or a network function network element.
  • the 5GC may also include a session management function (session management function, SMF) and a user plane function (user plane function, UPF).
  • SMF is used to manage the user's protocol data unit (Protocol Data Unit, PDU) session (Session) and the quality of service (Quality of Service, QoS) flow (flow) in the PDU Session.
  • PDU protocol Data Unit
  • Session Session
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the 4GC includes one or more network functions (network functions, NF), and the NF may also be referred to as a network function entity or a network function network element.
  • the 4GC may also include a public data network (Public Data Network, PDN) gateway (PDN Gateway, PGW) and a serving gateway (Serving Gateway, SGW).
  • PDN Public Data Network
  • PGW serving gateway
  • SGW serving gateway
  • the PGW and SGW are used to establish a user's PDN connection (connection), an evolved packet system (Evolved Packet System, EPS) bearer (bearer), and to transmit user data.
  • EPS evolved Packet System
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a possible communication system including: a terminal, an access network Equipment and some NF in 5GC or some NF in 4GC.
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application includes the terminal and the first device
  • the communication system may also include a second device, and the second device may be the NF in the 5GC, as shown in the above example
  • the second device included in the communication system may also be SMF or UPF; or, when the first device is MME, the second device included in the communication system may also be SGW or PGW.
  • the terminal 101 which may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a device that provides voice or data connectivity to users. It can also be an IoT device.
  • the terminal device 101 includes a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • the terminal device 101 can be: mobile phone, tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device (such as smart watch, smart bracelet, pedometer, etc.) ), on-board equipment (for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.), virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals, smart home equipment (for example, refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electric meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, and wireless terminals in remote medical surgery ,
  • the terminal may have multiple cards.
  • Dual cards can be represented by the first card and the second card, namely Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card, usually called “SIM card", SIM card is mainly used to store user identification data, SMS data and phone calls Number of smart cards.
  • SIM card can be used in a GSM network, a TD-SCDMA network, etc., and can also be used in an IDEN phone.
  • the SIM card can also include a USIM card, an embedded-SIM (embedded-SIM, eSIM) or a soft SIM, etc.
  • a terminal with dual cards has two communication modules to support two SIM cards respectively, so that the first card and the second card can be registered to the network and communicate with the network.
  • both the first card and the second card can receive paging from the network side.
  • the terminal will have two sending channels. The first card can communicate with the network side through the first sending channel, and the second card can communicate with the network side through the second sending channel.
  • some terminals do not support dual-pass based on cost constraints.
  • the embodiment of the present application is designed for a dual-card dual-standby single-pass or dual-card single-standby single-pass terminal.
  • FIG. 3a it is a schematic diagram of the structure of a dual-card terminal.
  • the first card is represented by SIM card 1
  • the second card is represented by SIM card 2.
  • the terminal has two communication modules that respectively support SIM card 1 and SIM card 2 to communicate with the network.
  • the communication module may also be a circuit or chip including a modem.
  • the communication module communicates with the network through radio frequency units and antennas.
  • the device communicates, and the communication module may also include a modem and a radio frequency unit.
  • the communication module obtains information such as user identification data from the corresponding SIM card, and uses the information to communicate with the corresponding network device.
  • the SIM card 1 is connected to a modem 1, the modem 1 is connected to a radio frequency unit 1, the second communication module includes a modem 2 and a radio frequency unit 2, the SIM card 2 is connected to the modem 2, and the modem 2 is connected to the radio frequency unit 2.
  • the baseband signal generated by the terminal in the first communication module is modulated and demodulated by modem 1 to generate a demodulated signal, and the demodulated signal is passed through the radio frequency unit 1 to generate a radio frequency signal, which is sent through an antenna.
  • the baseband signal generated by the terminal in SIM2 is modulated and demodulated by modem 2 to generate a demodulated signal, and the demodulated signal is transmitted through the radio frequency unit 2 to generate a radio frequency signal and send.
  • the radio frequency unit may be called a radio frequency chip.
  • Single pass means that the terminal has only one uplink transmission channel or only one uplink transmission antenna.
  • SIM card 1 transmits wireless signals to the base station through the radio frequency chip connected to modem 1
  • SIM card 2 cannot use the uplink transmission channel to transmit signals.
  • SIM2 performs business communications
  • SIM1 cannot perform business communications
  • business communications include making phone calls and surfing the Internet.
  • SIM1 can be understood as the communication module of the terminal corresponding to SIM card 1; when SIM1 is in or in the connected state, it can be understood that the terminal uses the identification information of SIM card 1 to connect to the corresponding network device for corresponding service communication;
  • the network device paging the SIM1 can be understood as a process in which the network device sends a paging to the corresponding communication module of the terminal through the identifier corresponding to the SIM card 1. The same is true for SIM1, so I won't repeat it.
  • the communication process between the terminal and the network device through SIM1 includes: modem1 obtains user identification and other information from SIM card 1, and uses the information to establish communication with the network device. After modem1 generates data, it transmits data through radio frequency unit 1 via the transmitting antenna. The data is sent to a network device (such as a base station). Correspondingly, after the receiving antenna 1 receives the data from the network device (such as a base station), it is sent to the modem1 via the radio frequency unit 1, and the modem1 processes the data. SIM2 and so on.
  • the terminal has two modules that support the installation of SIM card 1 and SIM card 2.
  • SIM card 1 is connected to modem 1
  • modem 1 is connected to radio frequency unit 1
  • radio frequency unit 1 is connected to receiving antenna 1
  • SIM card 2 is connected to modem 2, modem 2.
  • the two SIMs share the same transmitting antenna. Because the transmitting antenna is shared, the two SIMs share a transmission channel. At the same time, only one SIM can occupy the transmission channel to send data .
  • the initial scenario based on the embodiment of this application is that SIM1 is in a connected state and SIM2 is in a non-connected state.
  • the terminal and the first device perform operations to make the network side paging according to the method of this application to avoid the loss of the service data of the SIM1.
  • the terminal can establish a communication channel with the base station as the first card SIM card 1.
  • a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connection is established between the terminal and the base station, and the terminal
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the SIM2 When the SIM2 is in the non-connected state, it can be understood that there is no communication channel established with the base station as the second card on the terminal, and may include an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the SIM2 being in the non-connected state can also be understood as that the terminal cannot send signaling or data to the network side as the second card, nor can it receive signaling or data from the network side as the second card.
  • SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state. It may be actively entering the connected state, for example, the terminal may need to initiate a service through SIM2. It may also enter the connected state passively. For example, the terminal may receive a paging message for the network side to page SIM2.
  • the terminal initiates the service through SIM2 can be understood as the terminal initiates the service with the identity of SIM2.
  • the terminal receiving the paging message of the network side paging SIM2 can be understood as the terminal receiving the paging message of the network side, and the paging message is used to page the identity corresponding to the SIM2.
  • SIM2 includes the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) and the temporary identity of the IMSI, such as the globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI), and the cell-radio network temporary identity (cell-radio network). temporary identifier, C-RNTI), serving temporary mobile subscriber identity (serving-temporary mobile subscriber identity, S-TMSI), etc.
  • SIM2 SIM2
  • the terminal initiates a service through SIM2 (SIM2) including the terminal generates a request message to the network through the modem2 corresponding to SIM2, and sends it to the network through the radio frequency chip (radio frequency unit 2) corresponding to modem2.
  • SIM2 the terminal initiates a service through SIM2 (SIM2) including the terminal generates a request message to the network through the modem2 corresponding to SIM2, and sends it to the network through the radio frequency chip (radio frequency unit 2) corresponding to modem2.
  • radio frequency chip radio frequency unit 2
  • the terminal receiving the paging message of the network side paging SIM2 includes that the terminal receives the paging message through the radio frequency unit 2 corresponding to modem2, and the modem2 judges that the identity in the paging message matches the identity corresponding to SIM2, so that the modem2 judges the paging message Used to page SIM2.
  • SIM2 when the downlink data of SIM2 arrives on the network side, SIM2 may be paged based on the following method as shown in FIG. 3b.
  • UPF receives the downlink data of SIM2 sent to the terminal.
  • the SMF If the SMF judges that the terminal cannot be paged, the SMF sends a failure message to the UPF.
  • the SMF sends a request to the AMF, and the request carries the allocation/retention priority (ARP) or 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI) corresponding to the data service.
  • ARP allocation/retention priority
  • 5G QoS identifier, 5QI 5G QoS identifier
  • the AMF sends a confirmation response to the SMF, that is, notifies the SMF that the message sent by the SMF has been received.
  • the AMF sends a notification message to the terminal through a NAS message.
  • the terminal After receiving the paging message or the notification message, the terminal sends a service request (service request) message to the AMF through the RRC message.
  • a service request service request
  • the terminal sends a service request message to AMF through SIM2. It can be understood that if SIM1 is in the connected state, SIM2 has preempted the transmission channel.
  • the gNB forwards a service request (service request) message to the AMF.
  • the AMF sends a PDU session update context request message to the SMF.
  • the SMF sends a PDU session update context response message to the AMF.
  • S308-S310 are used to establish a connection between the UPF and the base station.
  • the AMF sends a request (N2request) to the base station for establishing a connection between the UPF and the base station.
  • the base station performs RRC connection configuration on the terminal.
  • connection of the terminal in SIM2 is established, and the SIM2 is in the connected state.
  • the terminal can send and receive data based on SIM2.
  • SIM1 is in a connected state, once SIM2 has downlink data, the network side will page SIM2, and after SIM2 establishes a connection, SIM1 cannot use the sending channel. Similarly, if SIM1 has data coming, a similar process will be executed. Cause the sending channel to switch back and forth between SIM1 and SIM2.
  • the terminal includes SIM1 and SIM2, and the terminal supports a dual-card dual-standby single-pass terminal or a dual-card single-standby single-pass terminal.
  • the method of this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the first device provides a service for the SIM1 of the terminal.
  • S401 The terminal determines that SIM1 is in the connected state, and SIM2 and SIM2 need to enter the connected state from the non-connected state.
  • S402 The terminal sends first information to the first device through SIM1, and the first device receives the first information from the terminal.
  • the first information may include or indicate different content.
  • the first information may include or indicate different content.
  • the first information indicates to stop sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first information includes or indicates a condition allowing the sending of a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first information indicates that the first device or the second device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first information includes or indicates: a condition for the first device or the second device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging SIM1.
  • the terminal sends the first information to the first device through SIM1, there may be two situations:
  • the terminal sends first information from SIM1 to the first device; then the first information instructs the first device to stop sending paging messages for SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes or indicates: allow the first device to send The conditions for the terminal to send a paging message for paging SIM1.
  • the terminal sends the first information from SIM1 to the second device through the first device; then the first information instructs the second device to stop sending paging messages for SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes or indicates that the second device is allowed to send the terminal to the terminal.
  • the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending the paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, which can be understood as two meanings: the first information can directly indicate the first device or the second device, Stop sending paging messages for paging SIM1 to the terminal. Alternatively, the first device or the second device can determine by itself to stop sending the paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal according to the first information.
  • stopping sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal can also be understood as: stopping triggering other devices to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first information indicates that the SMF stops sending the paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, it can be understood as instructing the SMF to stop triggering the AMF to send the paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the understanding of SIM2 is similar.
  • Stop sending paging messages for SIM2 to the terminal which can also be understood as: stop triggering other devices to send paging messages for SIM2 to the terminal, that is, when the SMF receives the data notification or downlink data sent by the UPF, the SMF locally prevents the For data notification or downlink data, the message that triggers the AMF to page the UE is not sent to the AMF.
  • the first information instructs UPF to stop sending paging messages for SIM1 to the terminal, it can be understood as instructing UPF to stop sending paging messages for SIM1 to the terminal through SMF triggering AMF, that is, UPF receives the downlink data sent to SIM1 At this time, UPF locally blocks the downlink data and does not send messages or data to SMF.
  • the condition that allows the terminal to send the paging message for paging SIM1 can also be understood as the condition that allows other devices to send the paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first information indicates the conditions under which SMF allows the sending of paging messages for SIM1 to the terminal, it can be understood that the first information indicates the conditions under which SMF allows the AMF to send paging messages for SIM1 to the terminal, that is, if SMF When receiving the data notification or downlink data sent by the UPF, the SMF judges that if the condition is not met, the data notification or downlink data is locally blocked, and a message that triggers the AMF to page the UE is not sent to the AMF.
  • the UPF If the first information indicates that the UPF allows the condition for triggering the AMF to send the paging message to the terminal through the SMF, that is, when the UPF receives the downlink data sent to the SIM1, if the condition is not met, the UPF locally blocks the downlink data. Send messages or data to SMF.
  • the understanding of SIM2 is similar.
  • the condition that allows the terminal to send a paging message for paging SIM2 can also be understood as a condition that is allowed to trigger other devices to send a paging message for SIM2 to the terminal.
  • the first information includes or indicates: a condition under which the first device or the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first information includes the condition that the first device or the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, which means that the first information provides content for the first device or the second device to determine the condition, and the first device Or the second device may determine the condition according to the first information.
  • the first information indicates the condition under which the first device or the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, which means that the first information directly indicates the condition, and the first device and the second device can directly obtain from the first information The condition.
  • the first information may be information for starting or activating (active) only the mobile terminal initiated connection (mobile initiated connection only, MICO) mode (mode), or starting or activating (active) power saving mode (power saving mode). , PSM) information.
  • MICO mobile initiated connection only
  • PSM power saving mode
  • the terminal when the terminal determines that the SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state, it may first make a judgment to judge whether to send the first information. For example, the terminal may compare the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state with the service when SIM1 is in the connected state, and the comparison may be made according to the importance or priority of the service. If the priority of the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state is higher or not lower than the priority of the service when SIM1 is in the connected state, it is determined to send the first information.
  • the first device may perform S403 or S404 according to the difference in content included or indicated by the first information. If the first information indicates that the first device stops sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes or indicates that the first device is allowed to send a paging station to the terminal For the conditions of the paging message of SIM1, S403 is executed; otherwise, S404 is executed.
  • the first device stops sending a paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal according to the first information.
  • the first information includes or indicates the condition that the first device is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal, the first device determines that the paging message for paging SIM1 is allowed to be sent to the terminal according to the first information. The conditions for calling the message.
  • the first device after determining a condition allowing the sending of a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, the first device sends a paging message meeting the condition to the terminal.
  • the first device sends second information to the second device, and the second information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging message for SIM1 to the terminal.
  • Paging message if the first information includes or indicates the condition that the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, the first device sends the second information to the second device, and the second information includes or indicates the second device The condition that allows the terminal to send a paging message for paging SIM1.
  • the second device After receiving the second information from the first device, the second device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal according to the second information, or sends a paging message meeting the condition to the terminal according to the second information.
  • the condition is determined based on the second information.
  • the first device may autonomously determine whether to perform the next paging according to the first information. If the first device determines that SIM1 is not paged according to the first information, the first device may return a response message to the terminal. The response message instructs the first device of the terminal to continue to page SIM1 in the original manner, or indicates that the first device of the terminal does not follow The first message pages SIM1.
  • the first information sent to the first device may include or indicate any two types of content above, without limiting a certain application scenario. For example, once the terminal determines that SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state, it sends first information to the first device. The first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending the paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal. For another example, once the terminal determines that SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state, it sends the first information to the first device. The first information includes or indicates that the first device or the second device is allowed to send the SIM1 page to the terminal. The conditions of the paging message.
  • the terminal may determine the content included or indicated in the first information sent to the first device.
  • the terminal can determine the content included or indicated in the first information according to the reason for triggering the SIM2 to enter the connected state service. For example, the terminal determines the importance of the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state, or the intensity of the demand to execute the service, and determines that the content included or indicated in the first information is to instruct the first device or the second device to stop sending the message to the terminal Send a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state is an emergency call service, and the terminal can determine that the first information indicates that the first device or the second device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal. Stop here can be understood as a complete stop or a temporary stop.
  • the emergency call service may be, for example, a voice call such as 110 or 119 via SIM2.
  • the terminal After receiving the emergency call request triggered by the user, the terminal determines that the network where SIM1 is located does not support the emergency call service and the network where SIM2 is located supports the emergency call service, then it is determined that the emergency call service needs to be performed through SIM2.
  • the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state is a location update service, and the terminal can determine that the first information indicates that the first device or the second device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • SIM2 may need to perform the location update service, which takes a short time, and the demand for the location update service to be performed is very high, otherwise it will affect the normal use of SIM2.
  • SIM2 needs to occupy the transmission channel. Since there is only one transmission channel, SIM1 needs to be disconnected.
  • the terminal sends the first information to the first device.
  • the first information indicates to stop sending the paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first device or the second device can learn that SIM1 is disconnected based on the first information, so it will not send the The terminal continues to send data of SIM1, which can avoid data loss caused by the first device continuing to send data when SIM1 is disconnected.
  • the first device or the second device will not send paging messages for SIM1 to the terminal, which saves network resources. It can also prevent SIM1 from preempting the sending channel after receiving the paging message from SIM1, that is, preventing the sending channel of SIM2 from being blocked. Preemption affects services and ensures that the channel through which SIM2 executes services can be used normally.
  • the above cases 1 and 2 are only examples of two services. In actual applications, it can also be a scenario where the service that triggers SIM2 is another type of service, or when the service that triggers SIM2 is any service, the first information can indicate the first The device or the second device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the terminal may determine that the content included or indicated in the first information is the condition for the first device or the second device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal according to the reason for triggering the service that SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • the first device or the second device may be briefly described as the network side.
  • the terminal needs to determine the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • the terminal If the terminal actively initiates a service through SIM2, it will trigger SIM2 to enter the connected state. Since the terminal actively initiates the service of SIM2, the terminal can clearly determine the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • the terminal may receive a paging message for paging SIM2 from the network side, which is recorded as the first paging message.
  • the first paging message may include or indicate service information that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state. If the first paging message does not include or indicate the service information that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state, the terminal can temporarily leave the network of SIM1, access the network of SIM2, and determine to trigger SIM2 to enter the connection when accessing the network of SIM2 Business.
  • the terminal receives the second paging message for paging SIM2 from the first device, the terminal causes SIM2 to enter the connected state, and the terminal determines the information of the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • the terminal can send a request message to the access network device that provides services for SIM1 through SIM1.
  • the request message is used to request to suspend scheduling the time slot or gap (gap) of SIM1; the terminal is connected to SIM2 through SIM2 in the time slot or gap.
  • the terminal After determining the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state, the terminal determines the first information according to the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • the content included or indicated by the first information is a condition for the network side to allow sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal. That is to say, when SIM2 needs to enter the connected state, the terminal needs to disconnect the connection of SIM1, the terminal sends the first information to the network side, and the network side can determine that it can send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal based on the first information.
  • the paging message is for certain services of SIM1. For the convenience of description, certain services that allow paging of SIM1 are recorded as the first service.
  • the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state is recorded as the second service.
  • the conditions for allowing the network side to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal can be understood as any one or a combination of the following:
  • the network side can send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, which is for the first service of SIM1, and the priority of the first service is higher or not lower than the priority of the second service.
  • the network side can send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, which is for the first protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session of SIM1, and the priority of the first PDU session is higher or not lower than The priority of the second PDU session used by the second service.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the network side may send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal, which is for the first quality of service flow (QoS flow) of SIM1, and the priority of the first QoS flow is higher or not lower The priority of the second QoS flow used in the second service.
  • QoS flow quality of service flow
  • the terminal may indicate the first service, the first PDU session, or the first QoS flow to the first device, and indicate which service/PDU session/QoS flow of SIM1 is allowed to be sent to the terminal by the network side.
  • the terminal can indicate the second service, the second PDU session, or the second QoS flow to the first device, and the network side can judge by itself according to the second service, the second PDU session, or the second QoS flow, which can be sent to the terminal for the SIM1 Service/PDU session/QoS flow paging message.
  • the content included or indicated by the first information may have the following forms:
  • the first device or the second device is allowed to send the information of the service of paging the paging message of SIM1 to the terminal, that is, the information of the first service.
  • the information of the first service may be: the type of service that allows the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1; or, the type of service that allows the terminal to send a paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal.
  • Priority or, the lowest priority of a service that allows the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • the service type allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal may be a specific service type.
  • voice service short message service, or unstructured supplementary service data (USSD) service.
  • USB unstructured supplementary service data
  • the level of priority can be represented by a sequence number, and 1, 2, 3, 4... can be used to represent the order of priority from high to low. If the priority of the service that is allowed to send the paging message paging the SIM1 to the terminal is ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , it indicates that the first information indicates that the network side is allowed to send the paging message paging SIM1 to the terminal The priority of the service is 1, 2 or 3. If the lowest priority of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal is 3, it indicates that the first information indicates that the priority of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal is allowed by the network side. 1, 2 or 3.
  • the priority of different services can be negotiated in advance by the terminal and the network side, or notified to the terminal by the network side, or stipulated through an agreement.
  • the priority of the service in descending order is: 1. Voice service; 2. SMS or USSD service; 3. IP multimedia system (IMS) services other than voice and SMS; 4. , Data business.
  • the second service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state is a data service
  • the network side can page SIM1 for a service with a priority higher than or not lower than a data service, taking the priority higher than a data service as an example.
  • the content that the first information can include or indicate can have several forms: form one, voice service, short message service or USSD service, other IMS services other than voice and short message; form two, ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ ; form three, 3.
  • the first device or the second device is allowed to send the information of the PDU session of the paging message paging SIM1 to the terminal, that is, the information of the first PDU session.
  • the information of the first PDU session may be: description information used to describe the PDU session that allows the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1; or, allows the terminal to send paging the SIM1 to the terminal.
  • a PDU session corresponding to a specific service type for example, a PDU session corresponding to a voice service, a PDU session corresponding to a short message service, or a PDU session corresponding to a USSD service.
  • It may also be a parameter of a PDU session.
  • a parameter of a PDU session may include one or more of the following: data network name (DNN), slice information, or access network type.
  • the priority of the PDU session can be represented by a sequence number, and 1, 2, 3, 4... can be used to represent the priority order from high to low. If the priority of the PDU session allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal is ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , it indicates that the first information indicates that the network side is allowed to send paging for the SIM1 to the terminal The priority of the message service corresponding to the PDU session is 1, 2 or 3. If the lowest priority of the PDU session allowed to send the paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal is 3, it indicates that the first information indicates that the network side allows the terminal to send the paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal. The priority of the PDU session is 1, 2 or 3.
  • the priority of different PDU sessions can be negotiated in advance by the terminal and the network side, or notified to the terminal by the network side, or specified through an agreement.
  • the priority of the PDU session from high to low is: 1. PDU session corresponding to voice service; 2. PDU session corresponding to short message service or USSD service; 3. PDU corresponding to voice and other IMS services other than short message Session; 4. PDU session corresponding to the data service.
  • the network side can page SIM1 for the PDU session corresponding to the data service with a higher priority (or no lower than), taking the priority higher than the data service as an example.
  • the content that the first information may include or indicate may have several forms: form one, PDU session corresponding to voice service, PDU session corresponding to short message service or USSD service, and PDU session corresponding to voice and other IMS services other than short message; form two , ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ ; form three, 3.
  • the first device or the second device is allowed to send the information of the QoS flow of the paging message paging SIM1 to the terminal, that is, the information of the first QoS flow.
  • the information of the first QoS flow may be: description information used to describe the quality of service QoS flow that allows the terminal to send the paging message for paging the SIM1; or, allows the terminal to send the paging station.
  • the description information used to describe the QoS flow that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal may be a QoS flow corresponding to a specific service type.
  • the QoS flow corresponding to the voice service, the QoS flow corresponding to the short message service, or the QoS flow corresponding to the USSD service may also be a parameter of a QoS flow.
  • a parameter of a QoS flow may include one or more of the following: ARP or 5QI.
  • the priority of the QoS flow can be represented by a sequence number, and 1, 2, 3, 4... can be used to represent the priority order from high to low. If the priority of the QoS flow that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal is ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , it indicates that the first information indicates that the network side is allowed to send the paging for SIM1 to the terminal The priority of the message service corresponding to the QoS flow is 1, 2 or 3. If the lowest priority of the QoS flow that allows the terminal to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 is 3, it indicates that the first information indicates that the network side allows the terminal to send the paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal. The priority of the QoS flow is 1, 2 or 3.
  • the priority of different QoS flows can be negotiated in advance by the terminal and the network side, or notified to the terminal by the network side, or specified through an agreement.
  • the priority of QoS flow from high to low is: 1. QoS flow corresponding to voice service; 2. QoS flow corresponding to short message service or USSD service; 3. QoS corresponding to voice and other IMS services besides short message Flow; 4. PDU session corresponding to the data service.
  • the network side can page SIM1 for the QoS flow corresponding to the data service with a higher priority (or no lower than), taking the priority higher than the data service as an example.
  • the content that the first information can include or indicate can have several forms: form one, QoS flow corresponding to voice service, QoS flow corresponding to short message service or USSD service, QoS flow corresponding to voice and other IMS services other than short message; form two , ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ ; form three, 3.
  • the information of the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state that is, the information of the second service.
  • the information of the second service may be the service type of the second service or the service priority of the second service.
  • the content that the first information may include or indicate is a data service; or it is 4.
  • the content that the first information may include or indicate is the PDU session corresponding to the data service; or it is 4.
  • the content that the first information may include or indicate is the QoS flow corresponding to the data service; or it is 4.
  • the terminal sends the first information to the first device through SIM1, and the first device receives the first information from the terminal.
  • the first device may be an access network device that provides services for the terminal, or may be a core network device that provides services for the terminal.
  • the first device may be an access network device that provides services for the terminal
  • the second device may be a core network device that provides services for the terminal, such as AMF, SMF, UPF, MME, SGW, or PGW.
  • the terminal sends an RRC message to the access network device through SIM1, and the RRC message carries the first information.
  • the RRC message may be a user equipment assistance information (UE assistance information) message; or, the RRC message may be a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message may be a suspension message requested by the user equipment.
  • the first information indicates that the access network device or the core network device should stop sending paging messages or send paging messages meeting conditions.
  • the access network device will also send second information to the core network device, and the second information indicates The core network device stops sending paging messages or sends paging messages meeting conditions. For example, after receiving the first information, the access network device sends the second information to the AMF, and instructs the AMF to stop sending the paging message or send the paging message meeting the condition through the second information.
  • the first information instructs SMF to stop sending paging messages or send paging messages that meet the conditions
  • AMF will continue to send third information to SMF, and instruct SMF to stop sending paging through the third information Message or send a paging message that meets the conditions.
  • the first information instructs UPF to stop sending paging messages or send paging messages that meet the conditions
  • SMF will continue to send fourth information to UPF, and instruct UPF to stop sending paging through the fourth information Message or send a paging message that meets the conditions.
  • the first device may be a core network device that provides services for the terminal, and the second device may be another core network device that provides services for the terminal.
  • the first device is an AMF that provides services for the terminal.
  • the terminal sends a NAS message to the AMF through SIM1, and the NAS message carries the first information.
  • the NAS message may be a registration (registration or attach) message, or the NAS message may also be an uplink transmission (UL transport) message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification (PDU session modification) message.
  • the first information indicates that the core network device or other core network devices stop sending paging messages or send paging messages meeting conditions.
  • the AMF stops sending paging messages or sends the paging messages that meet the conditions according to the first information. If other core network devices (such as SMF) of the first information stop sending paging messages or send paging messages that meet the conditions, after receiving the first information, the AMF will also send second information to the SMF, indicating the SMF through the second information Stop sending paging messages or send paging messages that meet the conditions.
  • the core network device for example, AMF
  • SMF will continue to send third information to UPF after receiving the second information, and instruct UPF to stop sending paging messages through the third information Or send a paging message that meets the conditions.
  • the first information may include or indicate different content.
  • the first information may include or indicate different content.
  • the first information indicates that the first device or the second device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the first information includes or indicates: a condition for the first device or the second device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging SIM1.
  • the first information sent by the terminal to the first device may also include timer information.
  • the timer information can be carried in the first information, can be sent together with the first information, or sent separately from the first information.
  • the timer information is used to indicate the first device or the second device: the length of time to stop sending a paging message for SIM1 to the terminal, or to indicate the length of time that a paging message that satisfies the condition is allowed to be sent to the terminal . That is, before the timer expires, stop sending paging messages for paging SIM1 to the terminal; or, before the timer expires, allow sending paging messages that meet the condition to the terminal.
  • the first device or the second device stops sending a paging message for SIM1 to the terminal before the timer expires; or, before the timer expires, allows the terminal to send paging that meets this condition. Call the news.
  • the network side sends a second message to the terminal, and the terminal receives the second message sent by the network side.
  • the network side here may be a base station or a core network device that provides services for SIM1.
  • the second message is used to change SIM1 to a non-connected state.
  • the terminal After receiving the second message, the terminal causes SIM2 to enter the connected state according to the second message.
  • the terminal executes the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • the terminal determines that the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state ends, or the terminal determines that SIM2 changes from the connected state to the non-connected state, the terminal sends third information to the base station or core network device that provides services for SIM1 through SIM1, The third information is used by the base station or core network device to determine that it is allowed to send a paging message to SIM1.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another communication method.
  • the terminal when the terminal determines that the SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state, it may first make a judgment to judge whether to send the first information.
  • the terminal may also decide not to send the first information, for example, the terminal determines that SIM1 is still in the connected state. In this case, the terminal needs to notify the network of SIM2 to stop paging SIM2, or notify the network of SIM2 that it can page SIM2. For example, if the priority of the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state is lower or not higher than the priority of the service when SIM1 is in the connected state, it is determined that SIM1 continues to be in the connected state.
  • the terminal includes SIM1 and SIM2.
  • the terminal can be a dual-card dual-standby single-pass terminal or a dual-card single-standby single-pass terminal.
  • the first device provides a service for the SIM1 of the terminal.
  • SIM1 When SIM1 is in a connected state and SIM2 is in a disconnected state, the terminal determines that SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the disconnected state.
  • S502 The terminal sends fifth information to the third device through SIM2, and the third device receives the fifth information from the terminal.
  • the fifth information may include or indicate different content.
  • the fifth information may include or indicate different content.
  • the fifth information indicates that the third device or the fourth device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM2 to the terminal.
  • the fifth information includes or indicates: a condition under which the third device or the fourth device is allowed to send a paging message for paging SIM2 to the terminal.
  • the fifth information includes or indicates: the conditions under which the third device or the fourth device is allowed to send a paging message for paging SIM2 to the terminal.
  • the fifth information includes the conditions under which the third device or the fourth device allows the sending of paging messages for paging SIM2 to the terminal, which means that the fifth information provides the content for the third device or the fourth device to determine the conditions, and the third device Or the fourth device may determine the condition according to the fifth information.
  • the fifth information indicates the condition under which the third device or the fourth device is allowed to send a paging message for paging SIM2 to the terminal, which means that the fifth information directly indicates the condition, and the third device and the fourth device can directly obtain from the fifth information The condition.
  • the third device may perform S503 or S504 according to the difference in content included or indicated by the fifth information. If the fifth information indicates that the third device stops sending the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the fifth information includes or indicates that the third device is allowed to send a paging address to the terminal. For the conditions of the SIM2 page message, S503 is executed; otherwise, S504 is executed.
  • the third device stops sending the paging message for the SIM2 to the terminal according to the fifth information.
  • the fifth information includes or indicates the condition that the third device is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal, the third device determines that it is allowed to send the paging message for the SIM2 to the terminal according to the fifth information. The conditions for calling the message.
  • the third device after determining the condition allowing the sending of a paging message for paging SIM2 to the terminal, the third device sends a paging message meeting the condition to the terminal.
  • the third device sends sixth information to the fourth device, and the sixth information instructs the fourth device to stop sending the SIM2 paging message to the terminal.
  • Paging message if the fifth information includes or indicates that the fourth device is allowed to send a paging message for SIM2 to the terminal, the third device sends sixth information to the fourth device, and the sixth information includes or indicates the fourth device Conditions that allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging SIM2.
  • the fourth device After receiving the sixth information from the third device, the fourth device stops sending a paging message for paging SIM2 to the terminal according to the sixth information, or sends a paging message meeting the condition to the terminal according to the sixth information. This condition is determined based on the sixth information.
  • the terminal sends fifth information to the third device through SIM2, and the third device receives the fifth information from the terminal. Since SIM2 is in a non-connected state, if S502 is to be performed, the terminal needs to put SIM2 into the connected state. After SIM2 enters the connected state, the fifth information can be sent to the third device through SIM2. In this embodiment, the terminal determines to continue to perform services on SIM1. Therefore, the terminal needs to temporarily leave the network of SIM1 before making SIM2 enter the connected state. The method of temporarily leaving the network of SIM1 is not limited in this application. For example, the terminal can send a request message through SIM1 to the access network device that provides services for SIM1.
  • the request message is used to request to suspend scheduling of the time slot or gap (gap) of SIM1; the terminal passes SIM2 in the time slot or gap. Connect to the access network device that provides services for SIM2, even if SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • the request message may be an RRC message.
  • the SIM2 in the embodiment in FIG. 5 may correspond to the SIM1 in the embodiment in FIG. 4
  • the third device in the embodiment in FIG. 5 may correspond to the first device in the embodiment in FIG. 4
  • the four devices may correspond to the second device of the embodiment in FIG. 4
  • the fifth information in the embodiment in FIG. 5 may correspond to the first information in the embodiment in FIG. 4
  • the sixth information in the embodiment in FIG. 5 may correspond to the third information in the embodiment in FIG. 4 .
  • the content included or indicated in the fifth information can be determined according to the service currently performed by SIM1, such as the importance or priority of the service currently performed by SIM1, to determine whether the third device or the fourth device stops paging SIM2 or Conditions for paging SIM2.
  • the conditions for paging SIM2 include which services, PDU sessions, or QoS flow corresponding paging messages to page, which can be based on SIM2’s business/PDU session/QoS flow priority and SIM1’s current business/PDU session/QoS flow priority. More certain.
  • SIM1 is in a connected state
  • SIM2 is in a non-connected state
  • the terminal's SIM1 is represented by SIM1
  • SIM2 is represented by SIM2
  • the access network equipment is represented by gNB
  • the core network equipment includes AMF, SMF, and UPF.
  • Terminal and UE represent the same device in different terms.
  • Base station and gNB are different terms for the same device.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM2 and needs to send information to the network of SIM1, so that the network of SIM1 (AMF) stops paging SIM1 or sends a qualified paging message to page SIM1.
  • AMF network of SIM1
  • the UE obtains the reason why it needs to switch from SIM1 to SIM2 for business, and please determine whether to stop receiving paging messages on SIM1.
  • the reason may be a situation where the UE locally initiates a service, such as actively making a call or making an emergency call to 110, 119.
  • the UE determines that SIM2 initiates an emergency call, it determines that SIM1 stops receiving paging messages (paging).
  • the UE receives an emergency call request from the user.
  • SIM2 is required to preempt the channel of SIM1 and notify SIM1 to stop receiving paging.
  • Stop receiving SIM1's paging is to prevent the impact on SIM2's emergency call.
  • the UE determines that SIM2 requests to perform location update. If the UE determines that SIM1 stops receiving paging. After the UE instructs SIM1 to stop receiving paging information to the network side, it may detect whether there is a paging delivered to SIM1, or it may not detect it.
  • the location update time is short and must be done. Stop receiving the paging of SIM1 to prevent the location update of SIM2 from being interrupted.
  • the UE determines the description of the paging that SIM1 can receive according to the service that triggers SIM2 to enter the connected state.
  • SIM2 initiates a service on its own initiative
  • the UE makes a judgment based on the service that triggered SIM2 to initiate the request.
  • the UE makes a judgment according to the service indication in the paging message, or the UE temporarily disconnects SIM1 from the network, and the UE temporarily connects to the network of SIM2 first, and then judges after learning the service corresponding to SIM2.
  • the UE initiates the service according to SIM2 and determines that SIM1 can receive the paging service.
  • business priorities can be in the following order:
  • SIM2 initiates a data service with a priority of 4
  • the network side of SIM1 can send paging with priority 1, 2, 3, and 4 for SIM1
  • SIM2 initiates a voice service with a priority of 1
  • SIM1 can The network side can send paging with priority 1 service for SIM1.
  • the UE determines which paging corresponding to the PDU session that the network side of SIM1 can send for SIM1.
  • the PDU session priority is as follows:
  • SIM2 initiates a data service and the priority is 3, the network side of SIM1 can send paging corresponding to PDU sessions with priorities 1, 2, and 3 for SIM1.
  • SIM2 initiates an IMS service with a priority of 1
  • the network side of SIM1 can send paging corresponding to a PDU session with a priority of 1 for SIM1.
  • a PDU session includes one or more QoS flows.
  • the QoS flow priority is as follows:
  • SIM2 initiates a data service, and the priority of the QoS flow used is 4, the network side of SIM1 can send the paging corresponding to the QoS flow of the priority 1, 2, 3, 4 for SIM1.
  • SIM2 initiates a voice service and the priority corresponding to the QoS flow used is 1, the network side of SIM1 can send the paging corresponding to the QoS flow of the priority 1 service for SIM1.
  • the UE sends a message to the gNB, for example, an RRC release request (RRC release request) message or an RRC suspend request (RRC suspend request) message.
  • RRC release request RRC release request
  • RRC suspend request RRC suspend request
  • the message carries instruction information.
  • the RRC release request message is used to request to suspend or release the connection (RRC connection) between SIM1 and gNB.
  • the instruction information includes or indicates:
  • the network side and the terminal can negotiate the services corresponding to the priorities of 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • the minimum priority of the service that can receive paging for example, feedback 3, which means that the priority of the service that can receive paging is 1, 2, or 3.
  • What paging corresponding to the PDU session can be received; including the parameter information of the PDU session that can be received, such as DNN, slice information, and or access network type, etc.;
  • QoS parameters that can receive QoS flow, such as ARP and 5QI.
  • the instruction information also includes information for starting dual-card optimization.
  • the gNB sends a request message (for example, N2UE request message) to the AMF, which is used to request the AMF to release or suspend the connection of the UE.
  • the request message further carries the indication information of S602.
  • the sending channel is from SIM1 to SIM2, so SIM1 needs to be released.
  • the AMF records the situation that the UE can receive paging according to the instruction information.
  • AMF can independently determine whether to agree with the instruction content of the instruction information. If they do not agree, the AMF may also send a response message to the UE, carrying the AMF disagreement indication information in the response message, and the AMF will continue to send a paging message for paging SIM1 to the UE in the original manner.
  • the AMF after receiving the instruction information sent by S603, the AMF starts a timer according to the instruction information, and does not send paging to the UE before the timer expires, or only sends paging that meets the requirements of the instruction information to the UE.
  • the gNB releases the connection between the SIM1 of the UE and the gNB.
  • the gNB can directly release the connection between the UE's SIM1 and the gNB after receiving S602, or it can release it after receiving the AMF message.
  • the UPF receives the downlink data of SIM1 sent to the UE.
  • the UPF determines that there is no data channel corresponding to the downlink data, it sends a data notification (data notification) message to the SMF.
  • the message includes the differentiated services code point (DSCP) and the quality of service flow identifier (QoS). flow ID, QFI).
  • the SMF sends a request message to the AMF, for example, the request message is Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer.
  • the request message carries ARP, 5QI information, paging policy indicator (paging policy indicator, PPI), or PDU session ID (PDU session ID) corresponding to the data service.
  • paging policy indicator paging policy indicator, PPI
  • PDU session ID PDU session ID
  • SMF obtains PPI according to DSCP, and SMF obtains ARP and 5QI according to QFI.
  • the AMF judges the steps to be executed based on the information in S604.
  • the AMF directly executes S610-S611 and rejects the SMF.
  • the AMF determines whether the service that triggers the paging meets the conditions, if not, the AMF directly executes S610-S611 and rejects the SMF.
  • the AMF specifically determines the type of service that triggers paging according to the PPI indication.
  • the AMF determines whether the PDU session that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the AMF directly executes S610-S611 and rejects the SMF.
  • the AMF specifically determines the PDU session that triggers paging according to the PDU session (session) ID.
  • the AMF determines whether the QoS flow that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the AMF directly executes S610-S611 and rejects the SMF.
  • AMF specifically determines the QoS flow that triggers paging based on APR and 5QI.
  • the AMF sends a response message to the SMF, rejecting the SMF.
  • the response message is Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer Response.
  • the SMF sends a failure indication to the UPF.
  • the AMF sends the paging message according to the instruction information according to the timer information sent by the UE or the timer information determined by the AMF according to the timer information sent by the UE before the timer expires, and the following S613 ⁇ S615 are omitted. .
  • the UE sends an RRC setup complete message (RRC setup complete) to the gNB through SIM1, and the RRC setup complete message includes indication information.
  • RRC setup complete RRC setup complete
  • the gNB sends a message (N2message) to the AMF, which carries the instruction information.
  • the AMF determines the service that can receive paging according to the instruction information, and saves it.
  • the indication information indication function in S613 ⁇ S615 is different from the indication information function in S602 ⁇ S609. To distinguish, the indication information in S613 ⁇ S615 is marked as indication information 2, and indication information 2 indicates the end of SIM2 service, or indicates that SIM1 can be searched normally. call.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM1 and needs to send information to the network of SIM2, so that the network of SIM2 (AMF) stops paging SIM2 or sends a qualified paging message to page SIM2.
  • AMF the network of SIM2
  • the network registered by SIM1 is gNB1
  • the network registered by SIM1 is gNB2.
  • two cards can also be registered to the same network.
  • S700 The terminal determines that it needs to initiate a service through SIM2, or SIM2 receives a paging message.
  • the terminal determines to continue to perform the service on SIM1, and the terminal requests gNB1 to leave the network temporarily through SIM1.
  • gNB1 may request gNB1 to allocate a gap for SIM1, and request gNB1 not to send data to SIM1 during the gap, then gNB1 will not send data to SIM1 during the gap. In this way, resources on the network side can be saved, and SIM2 will not be disconnected due to gNB1's paging to SIM1, and subsequent steps will not be affected.
  • S702 The terminal judges what service/PDU session/QoS flow corresponding to the QoS flow the SIM2 network can send to SIM2 according to the service currently performed by SIM1. And send instruction information to gNB2 through SIM2, and the content of the instruction information is the same as the description in Figure S602.
  • S703-715 are similar to S603-615, except that the description of SIM1 is replaced by the description of SIM2, and the description of SIM2 is replaced by the description of SIM1.
  • gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF in Figure 6 are respectively gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM1 registered network.
  • the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF in Figure 7 are the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM2 registered network, respectively.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM2 and needs to send information to the network of SIM1, so that the network (SMF) of SIM1 stops paging SIM1 or sends qualified paging messages to page SIM1.
  • SMS network
  • the AMF determines the SMF currently serving the SIM1 of the terminal.
  • the AMF sends a message to each SMF determined in S804, such as a PDU session update context message (Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext).
  • the message carries instruction information.
  • the SMF records the condition that the UE can accept paging for paging SIM1 according to the indication information.
  • S807 ⁇ S808 are the same as S606 ⁇ S607.
  • the SMF judges the steps to be executed according to the instruction information of S806. Including the following situations.
  • SMF determines to stop triggering AMF to paging SIM1, and directly execute S810 to reject UPF. That is, the SMF is locally blocked, and a message that triggers the AMF to send paging to the UE is not sent to the AMF.
  • the SMF determines whether the service that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the SMF directly executes S810 and rejects the UPF. That is, the SMF is locally blocked, and a message that triggers the AMF to send paging to the UE is not sent to the AMF.
  • SMF can determine the type of service that triggers paging according to DSCP instructions.
  • the SMF determines whether the PDU session that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the AMF directly executes S810 and rejects the UPF.
  • SMF locally determines the PDU session that triggers paging.
  • the SMF determines whether the QoS flow that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the SMF directly executes S810 and rejects the UPF.
  • SMF can determine the QoS flow that triggers paging based on QFI.
  • the SMF sends a failure indication (failure indication) to the UPF.
  • the AMF determines the SMF currently serving the terminal.
  • the AMF sends instruction information to each SMF determined in S814.
  • a PDU session context update message (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMContext) can be sent, and the message carries indication information.
  • SMF continues to send paging of all services to the terminal according to the instruction information.
  • the indication information function in S811 ⁇ S815 is different from the indication information function in S802 ⁇ S809. To distinguish, the indication information in S1011 ⁇ 1015 is marked as indication information 2, and indication information 2 indicates the end of SIM2 service, or indicates that SIM1 can be searched normally. call.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM1 and needs to send information to the network of SIM2 to make the network (SMF) of SIM2 stop paging SIM2 or send a qualified paging message to page SIM2.
  • SMS network
  • S900 ⁇ S902 are the same as S700 ⁇ S702.
  • S903-915 are similar to S803-815, except that the description of SIM1 is replaced by the description of SIM2, and the description of SIM2 is replaced by the description of SIM1.
  • gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF in FIG. 8 are the gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM1 registered network, respectively.
  • the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF in Figure 9 are the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM2 registered network, respectively.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM2 and needs to send information to the network of SIM1, so that the network (UPF) of SIM1 stops paging SIM1 or sends qualified paging messages to page SIM1.
  • the network (UPF) of SIM1 stops paging SIM1 or sends qualified paging messages to page SIM1.
  • S1001 ⁇ S1006 are the same as S801 ⁇ S806.
  • the indication information UPF records the paging situation according to the indication information S1007.
  • the SMF sends a message to the UPF, such as an N4 session modification request message (N4 Session Modification Request) message. Carry instruction information in the message.
  • N4 Session Modification Request N4 Session Modification Request
  • UPF records the paging that can send paging SIM1 to the terminal.
  • the UPF receives the downlink data of the card 1 sent to the terminal.
  • UPF determines to stop triggering paging of SIM1, UPF saves the data, and does not send data to the SMF.
  • the UPF determines whether the service that triggers the paging meets the requirements, and if it does not meet the requirements, the UPF saves the data and does not send the data to the SMF.
  • the UPF specifically determines the type of service that triggers paging according to the DSCP indication of the received data packet.
  • the UPF determines whether the PDU session that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the UPF saves the data and does not send the data to the SMF.
  • UPF locally determines the PDU session that triggers paging.
  • the UPF determines whether the QoS flow that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the SMF directly executes S1010 and rejects the UPF.
  • UPF locally judges the QoS flow that triggers paging.
  • the SMF sends a message to the UPF, such as an N4 Session Modification Request (N4 Session Modification Request), and the message carries indication information indicating that the SIM2 service ends, or indicating that the SIM1 can be paged normally.
  • N4 Session Modification Request N4 Session Modification Request
  • the UPF determines that it can send paging to SIM1 according to the instruction information, and then sends the saved data to the UE according to the prior art.
  • the indication function of the indication information in S1011 ⁇ 1015 is different from the indication function of S1002 ⁇ S1009.
  • the indication information in S1011 ⁇ 1015 is marked as indication information 2.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM1 and needs to send information to the network of SIM2, so that the network (UPF) of SIM2 stops paging SIM2 or sends a qualified paging message to page SIM2.
  • the network (UPF) of SIM2 stops paging SIM2 or sends a qualified paging message to page SIM2.
  • S1103-1115 are similar to S1003-1015, except that the description of SIM1 is replaced by the description of SIM2, and the description of SIM2 is replaced by the description of SIM1.
  • gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF in FIG. 10 are the gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM1 registered network, respectively.
  • the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF in Figure 11 are the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM2 registered network, respectively.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM2 and needs to send information to the network of SIM1, so that the network (gNB) of SIM1 stops paging SIM1 or sends qualified paging messages to page SIM1.
  • the network (gNB) of SIM1 stops paging SIM1 or sends qualified paging messages to page SIM1.
  • the embodiment of this application scenario mainly corresponds to the case of suspend, where the suspend refers to that the gNB retains terminal information and maintains the connection channel between the gNB and the network side, and only releases the connection between the gNB and the terminal.
  • S1201 is the same as S601.
  • the UE sends a message to the gNB, for example, an RRC suspend request (RRC suspend request) message.
  • RRC suspend request RRC suspend request
  • the message carries instruction information.
  • the gNB records the condition that the UE can accept paging according to the instruction information.
  • the gNB After receiving the instruction information sent by S1203, the gNB starts a timer according to the instruction information, and does not send paging to the UE before the timer expires, or only sends paging that meets the requirements of the instruction information to the UE.
  • the gNB releases the connection between the SIM1 of the UE and the gNB.
  • gNB executes the suspended process.
  • S1205 ⁇ S1206 The core network device sends the downlink data of SIM1 to the gNB, and the gNB receives the downlink data sent to the SIM1.
  • the gNB saves the data and does not initiate paging.
  • the gNB determines whether the service that triggers the paging meets the requirements, if not, the gNB saves the data and does not initiate the paging.
  • the gNB can determine the type of service that triggers paging according to the Paging Priority indication.
  • the gNB determines whether the PDU session that triggers the paging meets the requirements, and if it does not meet the requirements, the gNB saves the data and does not initiate the paging.
  • the gNB locally determines the PDU session that triggers paging.
  • the gNB determines whether the QoS flow that triggers the paging meets the requirements, and if it does not meet the requirements, the gNB saves the data and does not initiate paging.
  • the gNB locally judges the QoS flow that triggers paging.
  • SIM2 When the UE determines that the service of SIM2 ends, it can switch to SIM1 to continue the service.
  • the UE sends a recovery request, such as an RRC resume request message (RRC resume request) to the gNB through SIM1, and the resume request includes indication information 2.
  • RRC resume request RRC resume request message
  • the indication information 2 is used to indicate the end of the SIM2 service, or to indicate that the SIM1 can be paged normally. That is, instruct the network side to send and receive all paging or instruct to close the dual-card paging optimization function.
  • the gNB completes the RRC resume process.
  • the terminal determines to perform the service of SIM1 and needs to send information to the network of SIM2, so that the network (gNB) of SIM2 stops paging SIM2 or sends qualified paging messages to page SIM2.
  • the network (gNB) of SIM2 stops paging SIM2 or sends qualified paging messages to page SIM2.
  • S1300 ⁇ S1302 are the same as S700 ⁇ S702.
  • S1303 to S1311 are similar to S1203 to S1211, except that the description of SIM1 is replaced with the description of SIM2, and the description of SIM2 is replaced with the description of SIM1.
  • gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF in FIG. 12 are the gNB, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM1 registered network, respectively.
  • the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF in Figure 13 are the gNB2, AMF, SMF, and UPF of the SIM2 registered network, respectively.
  • the foregoing application scenario 1 to application scenario 6 are all indication information sent through RRC messages, and indication information may also be sent through NAS messages.
  • the terminal sends a NAS message to the AMF and carries the indication information in the NAS message, or the terminal sends a NAS message to the SMF and carries the indication information in the NAS message.
  • Figure 14 is used to describe the application scenario nine.
  • S1401 is the same as S601/S701/S801/S901/S1001/S1101/S1201/S1301.
  • the terminal sends a NAS message to the AMF, where the NAS message carries indication information.
  • Application Scenario 9 describes the process of replacing the RRC message carrying the indication information with the NAS message in each of the above application scenarios.
  • the specific details are similar to the above application scenario 1 to application scenario 6, only the message carrying the indication information is changed from the RRC message to the NAS message. You can refer to the description of Application Scenario 1 to Application Scenario 6 above, and the repetitive points will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal has two cards, denoted by Card 1 and Card 2.
  • the signal icons of the two cards are displayed on the upper left of the terminal interface. An example of this application is described below.
  • the network side provides services for the card 1 of the terminal.
  • Card 1 is in a connected state
  • card 2 is in a non-connected state.
  • the terminal performs a voice call service on the card 1, and performs a voice call service with the user 157xxxxxxxx.
  • the duration of the call is 10:00 min.
  • Fig. 15b when the terminal performs the voice call service on the card 1 for 10:01 min, the voice call prompt of the card 2 is received, and the user 159xxxxxxxx is calling the card 2.
  • the terminal determines to answer the voice call on card 2 and hangs up the call on card 1, as shown in Figure 15c. And send the first information to the network side of the card 1 through the card 1. According to the importance or priority of the voice service on the card 2, the content included or indicated by the first information is determined.
  • the first information may indicate that the network side of the card 1 stops sending the paging message of the paging card 1 to the terminal.
  • the first information may indicate the conditions under which the network side of the card 1 allows the paging message of the paging card 1 to be sent to the terminal. In this way, through the indication of the first information, the influence of the paging card 1 on the network side of the card 1 on the card 2 can be avoided in the process of the card 2 performing the voice call service.
  • the first information indicates the condition that the network side of the card 1 allows the paging message of the paging card 1 to be sent to the terminal, for example, as shown in FIG. 15d, the paging message of the paging card 1 may be allowed to be used for Internet services. Then, when the card 2 is in the process of the voice call service, the card 1 can be used to access the Internet.
  • the first aspect is applied to a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip that can be installed on the terminal. An example of the method is described below.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method, which is applied to a communication device, and the communication device supports SIM card 1 and SIM card 2, and the method includes:
  • the first information is sent to the first device through the SIM1; wherein the first information indicates to stop sending the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the first information includes or indicates permission to The communication device sends a paging message condition for paging the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 2 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device Condition, the first information includes or indicates:
  • the first device or the second device can send information about the PDU session for paging the SIM1 paging message to the communication device;
  • the first device or the second device can send the QoS flow information of the paging message paging the SIM1 to the communication device;
  • Embodiment 3 The method according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that allows the paging message of the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device
  • the priority of the service that allows the paging message for paging the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device
  • Embodiment 4 The method according to embodiment 2 or embodiment 3, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the paging message for paging the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • the lowest priority of a PDU session that allows a paging message to page the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 5 The method according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device includes:
  • the lowest priority of the QoS flow of the paging message paging the SIM1 is allowed to be sent to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 6 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state is an emergency call service or a location update service, and the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending The communication device sends a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state is an emergency call service or a location update service
  • the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending
  • the communication device sends a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 7 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
  • the first paging message includes or indicates: information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state;
  • the first information is determined according to the information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the service in the connected state.
  • Embodiment 8 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
  • the first information is determined according to the information of the service that the SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to embodiment 8, wherein the entering the SIM2 into the connected state includes:
  • Embodiment 10 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein sending the first information to the first device through the SIM1 includes:
  • Embodiment 11 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the first information includes timer information, and the timer information is used to indicate the first device or the second device To stop sending the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device, or to indicate the period of time that the paging message that satisfies the condition is allowed to be sent to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 12 The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the method further comprises:
  • the SIM2 is brought into the connected state according to the second information.
  • Embodiment 13 The method according to embodiment 12, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 14 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 13, wherein sending the first information to the first device through the SIM1 includes:
  • a NAS message is sent to a core network device that provides a service for the communication device through the SIM1, and the first NAS message carries the first information.
  • Embodiment 15 The method according to embodiment 14, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 16 The method according to embodiment 14, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • the second aspect is applied to the network device side, for example, the network device is the first device.
  • the method implementation is as follows.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method, where applied to a first device, the method includes:
  • the communication device including SIM1 and SIM2;
  • the first information instructing the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the first information includes Or indication: a condition for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 2 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the first device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the first information Include or indicate a condition for the first device to allow the communication device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1;
  • the method also includes:
  • the first information stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, according to the first information, determine that it is allowed to send a paging message for the SIM1 to the communication device conditions of.
  • Embodiment 3 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the first information Include or indicate a condition for the second device to allow the communication device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1;
  • the method also includes:
  • the second information forwards the first information to the second device, or send second information based on the first information, where the second information instructs the second device to stop sending paging pages for the SIM1 to the communication device Paging message; or, the second information includes or indicates a condition under which the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 4 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device Condition, the first information includes or indicates:
  • Embodiment 5 The method according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device includes:
  • the service type of the paging message for paging the SIM1 is allowed to be sent to the communication device; or the priority of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for the SIM1 to the communication device; or, the paging message is allowed to be sent to the communication device.
  • the communication device sends the lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 6 The method according to embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the paging message for paging the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The method according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that allows the paging message of the SIM1 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • Embodiment 8 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state is an emergency call service or a location update service, and the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending The communication device sends a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the first information includes timer information; the method further includes:
  • Embodiment 11 The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the first device is an access network device; receiving the first information from a communication device includes: receiving an RRC message from the communication device, the RRC The message carries the first information;
  • the first device is a core network device; receiving the first information from the communication device includes: receiving a NAS message from the communication device, the NAS message carrying the first information.
  • Embodiment 12 The method according to embodiment 11, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 13 The method according to embodiment 11, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • the method implementation is as follows.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method, which is applied to a communication device, and the communication device supports SIM1 and SIM2, and the method includes:
  • the first information includes or indicates: a condition for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 2 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device Condition, the first information includes or indicates: information that allows the first device or the second device to send a paging message service for paging the SIM2 to the communication device; or, allows the first device or The second device sends to the communication device the information of the PDU session for paging the SIM2; or, allows the first device or the second device to send the paging for the SIM2 to the communication device Information about the QoS flow of the message; or, information about the service when the SIM1 is in the connected state; or, information about the PDU session when the SIM1 is in the connected state; or, information about the QoS flow when the SIM1 is in the connected state .
  • Embodiment 3 The method according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that allows the paging message of the SIM2 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM2 to the communication device; or The communication device sends the lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 4 The method according to embodiment 2 or 3, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the paging message for paging the SIM2 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • Embodiment 5 The method according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that allows the paging message of the SIM2 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
  • the first paging message includes or indicates: information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state;
  • the first information is determined according to the information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the service in the connected state.
  • Embodiment 8 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
  • the first information is determined according to the information of the service that the SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to embodiment 8, wherein the entering the SIM2 into the connected state includes:
  • Embodiment 10 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein sending the first information to the first device through the SIM2 includes:
  • Embodiment 11 The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 10, further comprising:
  • the first information includes timer information, and the timer information is used to instruct the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device. , Or used to indicate the length of time that a paging message that satisfies the condition is allowed to be sent to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 12 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 11, wherein sending the first information to the first device through the SIM2 includes:
  • Embodiment 13 The method according to embodiment 12, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 14 The method according to embodiment 12, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • the fourth type is applied to the network device side, for example, the network device is the first device, and the method implementation example is described below.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method, where applied to a first device, the method includes:
  • the communication device including SIM1 and SIM2;
  • the first information instructing the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device; or, the first information includes Or indication: a condition for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 2 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the first device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device; or, the first information Include or indicate a condition for the first device to allow the communication device to send a paging message for paging the SIM2;
  • the method also includes:
  • the first information stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device; or, according to the first information, determine that it is allowed to send a paging message for the SIM2 to the communication device conditions of.
  • Embodiment 3 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device; or, the first information Include or indicate a condition for the second device to allow the communication device to send a paging message for paging the SIM2;
  • the method also includes:
  • the second information forwards the first information to the second device, or send second information based on the first information, where the second information instructs the second device to stop sending paging pages for the SIM2 to the communication device Paging message; or, the second information includes or indicates a condition under which the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device.
  • Embodiment 4 The method according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the communication device Condition, the first information includes or indicates:
  • Embodiment 5 The method according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that allows the paging message of the SIM2 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the communication device or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM2 to the communication device; or The communication device sends the lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 6 The method according to embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the paging message for paging the SIM2 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The method according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that allows the paging message of the SIM2 to be sent to the communication device includes:
  • Embodiment 8 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 7, wherein the first information includes timer information; the method further includes:
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the first device is an access network device; receiving the first information from a communication device includes: receiving an RRC message from the communication device, and the RRC The message carries the first information;
  • the first device is a core network device; receiving the first information from the communication device includes: receiving a NAS message from the communication device, the NAS message carrying the first information.
  • Embodiment 10 The method according to embodiment 9, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 11 The method according to embodiment 9, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1600.
  • the communication device 1600 can support the installation of at least two SIM cards.
  • the communication device 1600 can be a terminal, a terminal or a network.
  • the communication device 1600 may include modules corresponding to the methods/operations/steps/actions performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware. Circuit combined with software implementation.
  • the communication device 1600 may include a processing module 1601, a first communication module 1602, and a second communication module 1603.
  • the processing module 1601 is used to call the first communication module SIM1 1602 or the second communication module SIM2 1603 to perform receiving and/or sending functions.
  • the communication device 1600 implements the foregoing method embodiments, specific operations performed by each module are as described in the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication device including a processing module, a first communication module SIM1 and a second communication module SIM2;
  • the processing module is used to:
  • Embodiment 2 The device according to embodiment 1, wherein the processing module is further used for:
  • the first paging message includes or indicates: information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the first information according to the information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the service in the connected state.
  • Embodiment 3 The device according to embodiment 1 or 2, wherein the processing module is further configured to receive a second paging message for paging the SIM2 from the first device through the SIM2.
  • the processing module is further configured to make the SIM2 enter the connected state; determine the information of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state; determine the first information according to the information of the service that the SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • Embodiment 4 In the device as described in embodiment 1, 2 or 3, when the SIM2 enters the connected state, the processing module is configured to send a request message to the access network device that provides services for the SIM1 through the SIM1 The request message is used to request to suspend scheduling of the time slot of the SIM1; the processing module is used to connect to an access network device that provides services for the SIM2 through the SIM2 in the time slot.
  • Embodiment 5 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4, when sending the first information to the first device through the SIM1, the processing module is used to determine the priority of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state , Higher than the priority of the service when the SIM1 is in the connected state; the processing module is configured to: send the first information to the first device through the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 6 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 5, wherein the first information includes timer information, and the timer information is used to indicate the first device or the second device
  • the device stops sending the duration of the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal, or is used to indicate the duration of allowing the sending of the paging message that satisfies the condition to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 7 The device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the processing module is further used for:
  • the processing module is also used to make the SIM2 enter the connected state according to the second information.
  • Embodiment 8 The device according to any one of Embodiment 7, which further comprises:
  • the processing module is also used to determine that the SIM2 changes from the connected state to the non-connected state, or determine that the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state ends, then:
  • the processing module is further configured to send third information to the first device through the SIM1, the third information indicating that the first device or the second device is allowed to send a paging message to the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 9 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein, when the first information is sent to the first device through the SIM1, the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • Embodiment 10 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request . Pending message.
  • Embodiment 11 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication device including: a processing module and a communication module;
  • a processing module configured to determine that the SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the non-connected state when the SIM1 is in the connected state;
  • the communication module through the processing module, is further configured to send first information to the first device through the SIM2; wherein the first information instructs the terminal to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 Or, the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 2 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1, and the first information includes or indicates :
  • Embodiment 3 The device according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the sending to the terminal is allowed The lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 4 The device according to embodiment 2 or 3, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 5 The device according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that allows the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
  • the first paging message includes or indicates: information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the first information according to the information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the service in the connected state.
  • Embodiment 8 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the processing module is further configured to: receive a second paging message for paging the SIM2 from the first device through SIM2;
  • Make the SIM2 enter the connected state determine the information of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state; determine the first information according to the information of the service that the SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • Embodiment 9 The apparatus according to embodiment 8, wherein when the SIM2 is brought into the connected state, the processing module is specifically configured to send a request message to the access network device that provides services for the SIM1 through the SIM1, The request message is used to request to suspend scheduling of the time slot of the SIM1;
  • Embodiment 10 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein, when the first information is sent to the first device through the SIM2, the processing module is specifically configured to determine the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state The priority of is lower than the priority of the service when the SIM1 is in the connected state;
  • Embodiment 11 The device of any one of embodiments 1 to 10, further comprising:
  • the first information includes timer information, and the timer information is used to instruct the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal, and Or it is used to indicate the length of time allowed to send a paging message that satisfies the condition to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 12 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 11, wherein, when the first information is sent to the first device through the SIM2, the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • Embodiment 13 The apparatus of embodiment 12, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 14 The apparatus according to embodiment 12, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1700.
  • the communication device 1700 may be a network device, or a device in a network device, or can be used in conjunction with a network device. installation.
  • the network device may be, for example, the first device or the second device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1700 may include a module corresponding to the method/operation/step/action performed by the first device or the second device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the module may be a hardware circuit or Software can also be realized by combining hardware circuits with software.
  • the device may include a processing module 1701 and a communication module 1702.
  • the processing module 1701 is used to call the communication module 1702 to perform receiving and/or sending functions.
  • Processing module used to provide services for SIM1 of the terminal
  • the communication module is configured to receive first information from the terminal, where the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first device A piece of information includes or indicates: a condition that allows the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 2 The apparatus of embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the first device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the first device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1;
  • the processing module is also used to call the communication module:
  • Embodiment 3 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the second device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1;
  • the processing module is also used to call the communication module:
  • the second information forwards the first information to the second device, or send second information based on the first information, where the second information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging page for the SIM1 to the terminal Message; or, the second information includes or indicates a condition under which the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 4 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal ,
  • the first information includes or indicates:
  • Embodiment 5 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the sending to the terminal is allowed The lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 6 The device according to embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 8 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state is an emergency call service or a location update service, and the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending The terminal sends a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 9 The device of any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the first information includes timer information; the processing module is further configured to call the communication module to execute:
  • Embodiment 11 The apparatus of any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the first device is an access network device; the communication module is specifically configured to: receive an RRC message from a terminal, and the RRC message carries the First information
  • the first device is a core network device; a NAS message is received from a terminal, and the NAS message carries the first information.
  • Embodiment 12 The apparatus of embodiment 11, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 13 The apparatus according to embodiment 11, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication device, which includes:
  • the processing module is used to provide services for the SIM1 of the terminal, and the terminal includes SIM1 and SIM2;
  • the communication module is configured to receive first information from the terminal, where the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the first device A piece of information includes or indicates: a condition that allows the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 2 The apparatus of embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the first device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the first device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM2;
  • the processing module is also used to call the communication module:
  • Embodiment 3 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the second device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM2;
  • the processing module is also used to call the communication module:
  • the second information instructs the second device to stop sending the paging page for the SIM2 to the terminal Message; or, the second information includes or indicates a condition under which the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 4 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal ,
  • the first information includes or indicates:
  • Embodiment 5 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the sending to the terminal is allowed The lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 6 The apparatus according to embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 8 The device of any one of embodiments 1 to 7, wherein the first information includes timer information; and the communication module is further configured to:
  • Embodiment 9 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the first device is an access network device; the communication module is configured to: receive an RRC message from a terminal, and the RRC message carries the first device.
  • the first device is a core network device; a NAS message is received from a terminal, and the NAS message carries the first information.
  • Embodiment 10 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 11 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • a communication device 1800 provided in an embodiment of this application is used to implement the functions of the terminal in the foregoing method.
  • the device may be a terminal, a device in the terminal, or a device that can be used in a matching manner with the terminal.
  • the device may be a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 1800 includes at least one processor 1820, configured to implement the function of the terminal in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may include a first communication module 1910-1 and a second communication module 1910-2. Exemplarily, when the communication apparatus 1900 is the first device, the other device may be a terminal.
  • the processor 1920 uses the first communication module 1910-1 or the second communication module 1910-2 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the device 1900 may further include at least one memory 1930 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 1930 and the processor 1920 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1920 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1930.
  • the processor 1920 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1930. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the processor is configured to determine that the SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the unconnected state when the SIM1 is in the connected state and the SIM2 is in the unconnected state;
  • a processor configured to send first information to a first device through the SIM1; wherein the first information indicates to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indication: conditions for allowing the sending of a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 2 The device according to embodiment 1, wherein the processor is further configured to receive a first paging message for paging the SIM2 through SIM2, and the first paging message includes or indicates: triggering the SIM2 enters the information of the connected service;
  • the processor is further configured to determine the first information according to the information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the service in the connected state.
  • Embodiment 3 The device according to embodiment 1 or 2, wherein the processor is further configured to receive a second paging message for paging the SIM2 from the first device through the SIM2.
  • the processor is further configured to make the SIM2 enter the connected state; determine the information of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state; determine the first information according to the information of the service that the SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • Embodiment 4 In the device as described in embodiment 1, 2 or 3, when the SIM2 enters the connected state, the processor is configured to send a request message to the access network device that provides services for the SIM1 through the SIM1, The request message is used to request to suspend scheduling of the time slot of the SIM1;
  • the processor is configured to connect to an access network device that provides services for the SIM2 through the SIM2 in the time slot.
  • Embodiment 5 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4, when sending first information to the first device through the SIM1, the processor is used to determine the priority of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state, Higher than the priority of the service when the SIM1 is in the connected state; the processor is configured to send first information to the first device through the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 6 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 5, wherein the first information includes timer information, and the timer information is used to indicate the first device or the second device
  • the device stops sending the duration of the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal, or is used to indicate the duration of allowing the sending of the paging message that satisfies the condition to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 7 The device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the processor is further configured to:
  • the processor is further configured to make the SIM2 enter the connected state according to the second information.
  • Embodiment 8 The device according to any one of Embodiment 7, which further comprises:
  • the processor is further configured to determine that the SIM2 changes from the connected state to the non-connected state, or determine that the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state ends, then:
  • the processor is further configured to send third information to the first device through the SIM1, the third information indicating that the first device or the second device is allowed to send a paging message to the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 9 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein, in sending the first information to the first device through the SIM1, the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Embodiment 10 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request . Pending message.
  • Embodiment 11 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • the processor is configured to determine that the SIM2 needs to enter the connected state from the unconnected state when the SIM1 is in the connected state and the SIM2 is in the unconnected state;
  • the processor is further configured to send first information to the first device through the SIM2; wherein the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging page for the SIM2 to the terminal Message; or, the first information includes or indicates: conditions that allow the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 2 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal ,
  • the first information includes or indicates:
  • Embodiment 3 The device according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the sending to the terminal is allowed The lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 4 The device according to embodiment 2 or 3, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 5 The device according to embodiment 2, wherein the information of the service that allows the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The device according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the processor is further configured to:
  • the first paging message includes or indicates: information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state
  • the processor is further configured to determine the first information according to the information that triggers the SIM2 to enter the service in the connected state.
  • Embodiment 8 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the processor is further configured to: receive a second paging message for paging the SIM2 from the first device through SIM2;
  • the processor is also configured to make the SIM2 enter the connected state; determine the information of the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state; determine the first information according to the information of the service that the SIM2 enters the connected state.
  • Embodiment 9 The apparatus according to embodiment 8, wherein, when the SIM2 is brought into the connected state, the processor is specifically configured to send a request message to the access network device that provides services for the SIM1 through the SIM1, The request message is used to request to suspend scheduling of the time slot of the SIM1;
  • the processor is specifically configured to connect to an access network device that provides services for the SIM2 through the SIM2 in the time slot.
  • Embodiment 10 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein, when sending the first information to the first device through the SIM2, the processor is specifically configured to determine the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state The priority of is lower than the priority of the service when the SIM1 is in the connected state;
  • the processor is specifically configured to: send the first information to the first device through the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 11 The device of any one of embodiments 1 to 10, further comprising:
  • the first information includes timer information, and the timer information is used to instruct the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal, and Or it is used to indicate the length of time allowed to send a paging message that satisfies the condition to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 12 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 11, wherein, in sending the first information to the first device through the SIM2, the processor is specifically configured to:
  • Embodiment 13 The apparatus of embodiment 12, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 14 The apparatus according to embodiment 12, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • a communication device 1900 provided in an embodiment of the application is used to implement the function of the first device in the foregoing method.
  • the communication device may be the first device, may also be a device in the first device, or a device that can be matched and used with the first device.
  • the communication device 1900 may be a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 1900 includes at least one processor 1920, configured to implement the function of the first device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may also include a communication interface 1910.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module, or other types of communication interfaces, which are used to communicate with other devices through a transmission medium.
  • the communication interface 1910 is used for the device in the device 1900 to communicate with other devices.
  • the other device may be a terminal.
  • the processor 1920 uses the communication interface 1910 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • specific operations performed by each module are as described in the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect.
  • the processor is used to provide services for the SIM1 of the terminal;
  • the communication interface is configured to receive first information from the terminal, where the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first device A piece of information includes or indicates: a condition that allows the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 2 The apparatus of embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the first device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the first device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1;
  • the processor is also used to call the communication interface:
  • Embodiment 3 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the second device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM1;
  • the processor is also used to call the communication interface:
  • the second information forwards the first information to the second device, or send second information based on the first information, where the second information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging page for the SIM1 to the terminal Message; or, the second information includes or indicates a condition under which the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 4 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal ,
  • the first information includes or indicates:
  • Embodiment 5 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal; or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM1 to the terminal; or, the sending to the terminal is allowed The lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 6 The device according to embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 8 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the service that triggers the SIM2 to enter the connected state is an emergency call service or a location update service, and the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending The terminal sends a paging message for paging the SIM1.
  • Embodiment 9 The device of any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the first information includes timer information; the processor is further configured to call a communication interface to execute:
  • Embodiment 11 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the first device is an access network device; the communication interface is specifically configured to: receive an RRC message from a terminal, and the RRC message carries the First information
  • the first device is a core network device; a NAS message is received from a terminal, and the NAS message carries the first information.
  • Embodiment 12 The apparatus of embodiment 11, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 13 The apparatus according to embodiment 11, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • a processor configured to provide services for SIM1 of a terminal, and the terminal includes SIM1 and SIM2;
  • the communication interface is configured to receive first information from the terminal, where the first information instructs the first device or the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the first device A piece of information includes or indicates: a condition that allows the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 2 The apparatus of embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the first device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the first device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM2;
  • the processor is also used to call the communication interface:
  • Embodiment 3 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information instructs the second device to stop sending a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the first information includes Or indicate a condition for the second device to allow the terminal to send a paging message for paging the SIM2;
  • the processor is also used to call the communication interface:
  • the second information instructs the second device to stop sending the paging page for the SIM2 to the terminal Message; or, the second information includes or indicates a condition under which the second device is allowed to send a paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal.
  • Embodiment 4 The apparatus according to embodiment 1, wherein the first information includes or indicates: conditions for allowing the first device or the second device to send a paging message for paging the SIM1 to the terminal ,
  • the first information includes or indicates:
  • Embodiment 5 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • the type of service allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal; or the priority of the service allowed to send the paging message for the SIM2 to the terminal; or, the sending to the terminal is allowed The lowest priority of the service for paging the paging message of the SIM2.
  • Embodiment 6 The apparatus according to embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the information of the PDU session allowing the sending of the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 7 The apparatus according to embodiment 4, wherein the information of the service that is allowed to send the paging message for paging the SIM2 to the terminal includes:
  • Embodiment 8 The device of any one of embodiments 1 to 7, wherein the first information includes timer information; and the communication interface is further configured to:
  • Embodiment 9 The apparatus according to any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the first device is an access network device; the communication interface is used to: receive an RRC message from a terminal, and the RRC message carries the first device.
  • the first device is a core network device; a NAS message is received from a terminal, and the NAS message carries the first information.
  • Embodiment 10 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the RRC message is a user equipment auxiliary information message; or, the RRC message is a release message requested by the user equipment; or, the RRC message is a user equipment request Pending message.
  • Embodiment 11 The apparatus according to embodiment 9, wherein the NAS message is a registration message; or, the NAS message is an uplink transmission message; or, the NAS message is a PDU session modification message.
  • the device 1900 may further include at least one memory 1930 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 1930 and the processor 1920 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1920 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1930.
  • the processor 1920 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1930. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the specific connection medium between the first communication module 1910-1, the first communication module 1910-2, the processor 1920, and the memory 1930 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1930, the first communication module 1910-1, the first communication module 1910-2, and the processor 1920 are connected by a bus.
  • the bus is represented by thick lines in FIG. 19, and other components The connection between the two is only for schematic illustration and is not to be taken as a limitation.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used to indicate in FIG. 19, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the communication device 1700 and the communication device 1900 are specifically chips or chip systems
  • what the communication module 1702 and the first communication module 1910-1 and the first communication module 1910-2 output or receive may be baseband signals.
  • the output or reception of the communication module 1702, the first communication module 1910-1 and the first communication module 1910-2 may be radio frequency signals.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement or Perform the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (random-access memory, RAM).
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • Some or all of the operations and functions performed by the terminal described in the foregoing method embodiments of the present application, or some or all of the operations and functions performed by the first device may be implemented by chips or integrated circuits.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, including a processor, for supporting the device to implement the terminal or the first device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions involved in the device In a possible design, the chip is connected to a memory or the chip includes a memory, and the memory is used to store the necessary program instructions and data of the device.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the foregoing method embodiments.
  • this application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种通信方法及装置,用以解决支持双卡且只具有一个发送通道的终端在其中一个卡连接过程中,另一个卡的业务需求相关的终端数据丢失的问题。该方法包括,在第一卡处于连接态,第二卡处于非连接态时,通信装置确定所述第二卡需要从非连接态进入连接态;通信装置通过第一卡向第一设备发送第一信息以指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述第一卡的寻呼消息,或者指示:所述第一设备或第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述第一卡的寻呼消息的条件。

Description

一种通信方法及装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2019年11月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为201911090557.8、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。
背景技术
一些终端能够支持双卡的应用,称之为双卡终端。双卡终端是指同时装有2个电话卡的终端。电话卡例如可以是用户身份识别(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡,或全球用户识别(universal subscriber identity module,USIM)卡。双卡终端可以通过2个电话卡注册到网络。
终端通过发送通道将电话卡的数据发送给终端。这个过程可以理解为,终端产生的基带信号经过调制解调处理后,生成射频信号,射频信号通过天线发送到基站。目前,出于成本和功耗的考虑,大部分双卡终端只有一个发送通道。2个电话卡共用并抢占一个发送通道(transmitchain,Tx chain)。例如两个电话卡记为卡1和卡2。对于只有一个发送通道的终端,若卡1处于连接态,卡2处于非连接态,卡2在需要主动发起业务或者卡2接收到网络的寻呼时,卡2需要进入连接态,卡2会抢占这个发送通道。这种情况下若卡2抢占成功发送通道,则卡1就会断开连接,进入非连接态。但是基站并不知道卡1已断开连接,还会继续向终端发送卡1的数据,造成卡1数据丢失,影响用户体验。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,以期解决具有一个发送通道的双卡终端在一个卡连接过程中,另一个卡有业务需求带来的终端数据丢失的问题。
本申请实施例提供的具体技术方案如下:
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法用于通信装置和第一设备之间,通信装置可以为终端,通信装置包括支持SIM1和SIM2,第一设备可以是为终端提供服务的接入网设备或核心网设备。该方法包括以下流程:第一设备为通信装置的SIM1提供服务,当所述SIM1处于连接态,确定所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态。通信装置通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息。第一设备从所述通信装置接收第一信息。其中,所述第一信息指示停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
通过通信装置向第一设备发送第一信息,第一信息指示停止向通信装置发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,第一设备或第二设备可以根据第一信息得知SIM1断开连接,所以不会向通信装置继续发送SIM1的数据,可以避免第一设备在SIM1断开连接时继续发送数据导致 的数据丢失。并且,第一设备或第二设备不会向通信装置发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,节省网络资源,也能够防止通信装置接收到SIM1的寻呼消息后,SIM1抢占发送通道,即防止SIM卡2被抢占发送通道影响业务,保证SIM2能够正常执行业务。
在一个可能的设计中,第一信息可以指示第一设备如何发送针对SIM卡1的寻呼消息,也可以指示第二设备如何发送针对SIM1的寻呼消息。第二设备为与第一设备不同的设备,若第一信息指示第二设备的寻呼方式,则第一设备在接收到第一信息后,还需要继续向上发送以通知到第二设备。
例如,第一信息可以指示第一设备如何发送针对SIM1的寻呼消息。所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;第一设备根据所述第一信息,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,根据所述第一信息,确定允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
接下来,若第二设备接收到第一设备的第二信息,会根据第二信息判断是否允许向SIM1发送寻呼消息,或者确定允许向SIM1寻呼的条件。执行方式与第一设备类似,可以相互参见,不再重复赘述。
通过通知网络侧停止寻呼SIM1或者允许寻呼SIM1的条件,能够避免SIM2的业务受到影响,并且避免SIM1在断开期间接收不到数据造成数据丢失。节省网络侧寻呼SIM1的开销。
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的PDU会话的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的QoS流的信息。
例如,通信装置可以向第一设备指示第一业务、第一PDU会话或第一QoS flow,指示允许网络侧向通信装置发送针对SIM1哪些业务/PDU会话/QoS flow的寻呼消息。或者,通信装置可以向第一设备指示第二业务、第二PDU会话或第二QoS flow,网络侧根据第二业务、第二PDU会话或第二QoS flow,来自行判断可以向通信装置发送针对SIM1哪些业务/PDU会话/QoS flow的寻呼消息。
在一个可能的设计中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
在一个可能的设计中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
在一个可能的设计中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
通过上述几个可能的设计中对于优先级方案的设计,能够一方面节省网络侧寻呼SIM1的开销,另一方面在SIM1的业务重要时或优先级较高时,能够及时恢复对SIM1的寻呼,有助于保证SIM1重要业务的顺利进行。
在一个可能的设计中,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务为紧急呼叫业务或位置更新业务,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息。
在一个可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述通信装置接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;所述通信装置根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。例如,通信装置根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的优先级确定第一信息的内容。
在一个可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述通信装置从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息;所述通信装置使所述SIM2进入连接态;所述通信装置确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;所述通信装置根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。临时使SIM2进入连接态,是为了获知触发SIM2进入连接态的业务是什么,从而确定第一信息。
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置使所述SIM2进入连接态,包括:所述通信装置通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;所述通信装置在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。通过向接入网设备请求暂停调度,一方面告知网络侧通信装置SIM1只是暂时离开,网络侧可以保留想要发给SIM1的数据,并且在间隙内不会发给SIM1数据,节省开销。
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,包括:所述通信装置确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,高于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;所述通信装置通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第一信息。若低于或不高于,则可以选择继续留在SIM1进行业务。通过这个判断,能够在SIM1和SIM2业务冲突时正确选择优选的业务,提升用户体验。
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。通过定时器的设计,能够有效协调两个卡对发送通道的使用,在定时器超时后,及时转到SIM1进 行业务,恢复SIM1的正常寻呼。
在一个可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述通信装置接收所述第一设备或所述第二设备发送的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态;所述通信装置根据所述第二信息使所述SIM2进入连接态。
在一个可能的设计中,还包括:所述通信装置确定所述SIM2由连接态转为非连接态,或者所述通信装置确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务结束,则:所述通信装置通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备允许向所述SIM1发送寻呼消息。通过第三信息的指示,能够有效协调两个卡对发送通道的使用,在收到第三信息后,及时转到SIM1进行业务,恢复SIM1的正常寻呼。
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,包括:所述通信装置通过SIM1向为所述通信装置提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息。例如,RRC消息可以是RRC挂起消息或者RRC释放消息。通过RRC挂起或释放消息来进行挂起或释放的动作,该方案的优势是可以在释放SIM1的连接的同时进行信息指示,从而缩短通信装置响应SIM2业务需求的时间。
或者,所述通信装置通过SIM1向为所述通信装置提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;所述方法还包括:在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息,或者向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。通过定时器的设计,能够有效协调两个卡对发送通道的使用,在定时器超时后,及时转到SIM1进行业务,恢复SIM1的正常寻呼。
在一个可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:向所述通信装置发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态,以及用于指示所述通信装置使所述SIM2进入连接态。
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一设备为接入网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,所述第一设备为核心网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
在一个可能的设计中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
在一个可能的设计中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
可选的,第一设备可能为AMF,AMF进行控制的优势是流程较少,减少信令开销。
可选的,第一设备可能为SMF,SMF进行控制的优势是SMF本身即可感知业务状态,不需要额外的功能。
可选的,第一设备可能为接入网设备,接入网设备进行控制的优势是不需要修改核心网实体。
第二方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端,也可以是终端中的装置(例如,芯片,或者芯片系统,或者电路),或者是能够和终端匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第一方面中终端所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。该通信装置可以包 括处理模块、第一通信模块SIM1和第二通信模块SIM2。处理模块用于调用第一通信模块SIM1或第二通信模块SIM2执行接收和/或发送的功能。
示例性地:
处理模块,用于当所述SIM1处于连接态,时,确定所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
处理模块,还用于通过所述第一通信模块向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述第一卡的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述第一卡的寻呼消息的条件。
可选的,该装置中的处理模块,还可以执行第一方面中终端所描述的其他方法。在此不再赘述。
第三方面,提供一种装置,该装置可以是网络设备,例如网络设备为第一设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置(例如,芯片,或者芯片系统,或者电路),或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第一方面中第一设备所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。
处理模块,用于为终端的第一卡提供服务,所述终端包括第一卡和第二卡;
通信模块,用于从所述终端接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述第一卡的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述第一卡的寻呼消息的条件。
可选的,该通信装置中的通信模块和处理模块,还可以执行第一方面中第一设备所描述的其他方法。在此不再赘述。
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置支持安装至少两个SIM卡,所述通信装置包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述处理器用于通过所述第一通信模块或所述第二通信模块与其它设备进行通信,例如数据或信号的收发。其它设备可以为网络设备。处理器用于调用一组程序、指令或数据,执行上述第一方面中描述的终端执行的方法。所述存储器可以与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的、指令或数据时,可以实现上述第一方面描述的终端执行的方法。
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述装置包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器存储指令,所述处理器用于执行所述指令以使通信装置执行上述第一方面中描述的网络设备执行的方法。所述装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储处理器调用的程序、指令或数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的、指令或数据时,可以实现上述第一方面描述的第一设备执行的方法。
第六方面,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当所述计算机可读指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第七方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面和第一方面的任一可能的设计中所述的方法。
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能的设计中所述的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种系统,所述系统包括终端和第一设备,终端和第一设备执行上述第一方面相应的方法。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例中通信系统的架构示意图之一;
图2为本申请实施例中通信系统的架构示意图之二;
图3a为本申请实施例中双卡终端的结构示意图;
图3b为本申请实施例中寻呼SIM2的方法流程示意图;
图4为本申请实施例中通信方法流程示意图之一;
图5为本申请实施例中通信方法流程示意图之二;
图6为本申请实施例中应用场景一的通信方法流程示意图;
图7为本申请实施例中应用场景二的通信方法流程示意图;
图8为本申请实施例中应用场景三的通信方法流程示意图;
图9为本申请实施例中应用场景四的通信方法流程示意图;
图10为本申请实施例中应用场景五的通信方法流程示意图;
图11为本申请实施例中应用场景六的通信方法流程示意图;
图12为本申请实施例中应用场景七的通信方法流程示意图;
图13为本申请实施例中应用场景八的通信方法流程示意图;
图14为本申请实施例中应用场景九的通信方法流程示意图;
图15a为本申请实施例中卡1切换到卡2的场景界面示意图之一;
图15b为本申请实施例中卡1切换到卡2的场景界面示意图之二;
图15c为本申请实施例中卡1切换到卡2的场景界面示意图之一;
图15d为本申请实施例中卡1切换到卡2的场景界面示意图之二;
图16为本申请实施例中通信装置结构示意图之一;
图17为本申请实施例中通信装置结构示意图之二;
图18为本申请实施例中通信装置结构示意图之三;
图19为本申请实施例中通信装置结构示意图之四。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,可以用于双卡单通道的终端,使得终端在一个卡进入连接态时避免另一个卡的数据丢失。其中,方法和装置是基于同一技术构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。本申请实施例的描述中,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。本申请中所涉及的至少一个是指一个或多个;多个,是指两个或两个以上。另外,需要理解的是,在本申请的描述中,“第一”、“第二”、“第三”等词汇,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统,例 如5G新空口(new radio,NR),或应用于未来的各种通信系统。
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例进行详细描述。
图1示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法适用的一种可能的通信系统的架构,该通信系统可以包括终端101和第一设备102。其中,第一设备102可以是接入网设备,也可以是核心网设备。
第一设备或终端可以是硬件,也可以是从功能上划分的软件,或者硬件和软件的结合。此外,第一设备与终端之间可以通过其他设备或网元通信。第一设备102可以向终端101发送下行数据,也可以接收终端101发送的上行数据。当然,终端101也可以向第一设备102发送上行数据,也可以接收第一设备102发送的下行数据。
第一设备102可以为接入网设备。接入网设备为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的节点,又可以称为基站,还可以称为RAN节点(或设备)。目前,一些接入网设备101的举例为:gNB/NR-NB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP),或5G通信系统中的网络设备,或者未来可能的通信系统中的网络设备。
第一设备102也可能是核心网设备。例如,第一设备102为认证管理功能(authentication management function,AMF),AMF用于接入和移动管理功能。或者第一设备102为移动管理实体(Mobility Mangement Entity,MME),MME用于接入和移动管理功能。
该通信系统中还可以包括核心网中的一些其他设备。5G中的核心网用5G核心网(5G core,5GC)表示,4G中的核心网用4G核心网(4G core,4GC)表示。5GC中包括一个或多个网络功能(network function,NF),NF也可以称为网络功能实体或网络功能网元。5GC中还可以包括会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)和用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)。SMF用于对用户的协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU)会话(Session),以及PDU Session内的服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)流(flow)进行管理。UPF用于为用户传输数据。4GC中包括一个或多个网络功能(network function,NF),NF也可以称为网络功能实体或网络功能网元。4GC中还可以包括公用数据网(Public Data Network,PDN)网关(PDN Gateway,PGW)和服务网关(Serving Gateway,SGW)。PGW和SGW用于建立用户的PDN连接(connection),演进的包系统(Evolved Packet System,EPS)承载(bearer),以及对用户的数据进行传输。基于对终端、接入网设备和核心网设备的描述,以及基于图1所示的通信系统架构,如图2所示,本申请实施例提供一种可能的通信系统包括:终端、接入网设备和5GC中的一些NF或4GC中的一些NF。
本申请实施例中通信系统中包括终端和第一设备的基础上,若第一设备是接入网设备,则通信系统还可以包括第二设备,第二设备可以是5GC中的NF,如上举例的AMF、SMF或UPF;或者,第二设备可以是4GC中的NF,如上举例的MME、SGW或PGW。第一设备为AMF时,通信系统中包括的第二设备还可以是SMF或UPF;或者,第一设备为MME时,通信系统中包括的第二设备还可以是SGW或PGW。
终端101,又可以称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音或数据连通性的设备, 也可以是物联网设备。例如,终端设备101包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,终端设备101可以是:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等),车载设备(例如,汽车、自行车、电动车、飞机、船舶、火车、高铁等)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、智能家居设备(例如,冰箱、电视、空调、电表等)、智能机器人、车间设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端,或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、飞行设备(例如,智能机器人、热气球、无人机、飞机)等。
本申请实施例中,终端可以具有多个卡,全文以终端具有双卡为例进行描述。双卡可以用第一卡和第二卡表示,即用户身份模块(Subscriber Identity Module,SIM)卡,通常称为“SIM卡”,SIM卡是主要用于存储用户身份识别数据、短信数据和电话号码的智能卡。SIM卡可以用于GSM网络、TD-SCDMA网络等,也可以用于IDEN电话,SIM卡还可以包括USIM卡,嵌入式SIM(embedded-SIM,eSIM)或软SIM等。具有双卡的终端,具有两个通信模块分别支持两个SIM卡,使第一卡和第二卡可以分别注册到网络,与网络进行通信。双卡终端在双待的场景下,第一卡和第二卡均能够接收网络侧的寻呼。双卡双待的终端若支持双通,则终端会具有两个发送通道,第一卡可以通过第一发送通道与网络侧进行通信,第二卡可以通过第二发送通道与网络侧进行通信。但是,有些终端基于成本的限制不支持双通,本申请实施例针对双卡双待单通或双卡单待单通的终端进行方法的设计。
如图3a所示,为双卡终端的结构示意图。第一卡用SIM卡1表示,第二卡用SIM卡2表示。终端具有两个通信模块分别支持SIM卡1和SIM卡2与网络进行通信,在一些实施例中,通信模块也可以是包括modem的电路或芯片,通信模块通过射频单元和天线等器件,与网络设备进行通信,通信模块也可以包括调制解调器(modem)和射频单元。通信模块会从对应SIM卡中获取用户身份识别数据等信息,并利用该信息与对应网络设备进行通信。SIM卡1与调制解调器(modem)1连接,modem1与射频单元1连接,第二通信模块包括调制解调器(modem)2和射频单元2,SIM卡2与modem2连接,modem2与射频单元2连接。终端在第一通信模块生成的基带信号经过modem 1进行调制解调,生成解调信号,将解调信号经过射频单元1生成射频信号,通过天线发送。终端在SIM2生成的基带信号经过modem 2进行调制解调,生成解调信号,将解调信号经过射频单元2生成射频信号发送。射频单元可以称为射频芯片。单通是指终端仅有一个上行发送通道或仅有一个上行发送天线,当SIM卡1通过与modem1相连的射频芯片向基站发送无线信号时,则SIM卡2无法使用该上行发送通道发送信号,反之,如果SIM2进行业务通信,则SIM1无法进行业务通信,业务通信包括打电话、上网等。
在本文中,SIM1可以理解为与SIM卡1对应的终端的通信模块;SIM1处于或进入连接态可以理解为,终端利用SIM卡1的标识信息与对应的网络设备连接,进行相应的业务通信;网络设备寻呼所述SIM1可以理解为网络设备通过SIM卡1对应的标识向终端相应的通信模块发送寻呼的过程。SIM1同理,不再赘述。
结合图3a,终端通过SIM1与网络设备的通信过程包括:modem1从SIM卡1中获取 用户身份识别标识等信息,利用该信息与网络设备建立通信,modem1生成数据后通过射频单元1经发送天线将数据发送给网络设备(如基站),相应的,接收天线1接收到网络设备(如基站)的数据后,经射频单元1发送给modem1,modem1处理数据。SIM2以此类推。
具体地,终端具有两个模块,支持安装SIM卡1和SIM卡2,SIM卡1连接modem 1,modem 1连接射频单元1,射频单元1连接接收天线1;SIM卡2连接modem 2,modem 2连接射频单元2连接接收天线2,两个SIM共用同一个发送天线,由于发送天线是共享的,因此两个SIM公用一个发送通道,在同一个时刻,只能有一个SIM可以占用发送通道发送数据。
本申请实施例基于的起始场景为SIM1处于连接态,SIM2处于非连接态。当SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态时,终端和第一设备执行操作,以使得网络侧按照本申请的方法寻呼,避免SIM1的业务数据丢失。其中,SIM1处于连接态可以理解为,终端可以以第一卡SIM卡1的身份与基站间建立通信通道,例如终端与基站间建立的了无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接,并且终端可以第一卡SIM卡1的身份与网络侧进行数据或信令的收发。SIM2处于非连接态可以理解为终端上不存在以第二卡的身份与基站建立的通信通道,可以包括空闲(idle)态或非激活(inactive)态。SIM2处于非连接态也可以理解为,终端不可以以第二卡的身份向网络侧发送信令或数据,也不可以以第二卡的身份从网络侧接收信令或数据。
SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态可能的原因有多种情况。可能是主动进入连接态,例如,终端可能需要通过SIM2发起业务。也可能是被动进入连接态,例如,终端可能接收到网络侧寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息。终端通过SIM2发起业务可以理解为终端以SIM2的身份发起业务。终端接收到网络侧寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息可以理解为终端接收网络侧的寻呼消息,该寻呼消息用于寻呼SIM2对应的身份。SIM2的身份包括国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI)以及IMSI对于的临时标识,例如全球唯一临时UE标识(globally unique temporary UE identity,GUTI),小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI),服务临时移动用户标识(serving-temporary mobile subscriber identity,S-TMSI)等。结合图3a,终端通过SIM2(SIM2)发起业务包括终端通过SIM2对应的modem2生成发送给网络的请求消息,并通过modem2对应的射频芯片(射频单元2)发送给网络。终端接收网络侧寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息包括,终端通过modem2对应的射频单元2接收到寻呼消息,modem2判断该寻呼消息中的标识与SIM2对应的身份相符,从而modem2判断该寻呼消息用于寻呼SIM2。
在一个可实现实施例中,当网络侧有SIM2的下行数据到达时,可能会基于下述如图3b所述的方法对SIM2进行寻呼。
S301、UPF收到发往终端的SIM2的下行数据。
S302、UPF判断不存在下行数据对应的数据通道时,向SMF发送数据通知消息。
若SMF判断无法寻呼终端,则SMF向UPF发送失败消息。
S303、SMF向AMF发请求,请求中携带数据业务对应的分配/预留优先(allocation/retention priority,ARP)或5G服务质量标识(5G QoS identifier,5QI)。
S304、AMF向SMF发送确认响应,即通知SMF已收到SMF发送的消息。
S305、若终端SIM2处于非连接态,则AMF通过基站(gNB)向终端发送寻呼消息。
若终端处于连接(connected)态,则AMF通过NAS消息向终端发送通知消息。
S306、终端收到寻呼消息或通知消息后,通过RRC消息向AMF发送业务请求(service request)消息。
本步骤中,终端是通过SIM2向AMF发送的业务请求消息。可以理解为,若原来SIM1处于连接态,则SIM2已抢占了发送通道。
S307、gNB向AMF转发服务请求(service request)消息。
S308、AMF向SMF发送PDU会话更新上下文请求消息。
S309、SMF与UPF进行N4会话建立或修改的流程。
S310、SMF向AMF发送PDU会话更新上下文响应消息。
S308~S310用于建立UPF与基站间的连接。
S311、AMF向基站发送请求(N2request),用于建立UPF与基站间的连接。
S312、基站对终端进行RRC连接配置。
从而建立了终端在SIM2的连接,使SIM2处于连接态。终端可以基于SIM2收发数据。
基于图3a所示的流程,若SIM1处于连接态,一旦SIM2有下行数据到来,则网络侧会寻呼SIM2,在SIM2建立连接后,SIM1则无法使用发送通道。同样的,如果SIM1有数据到来,也会执行类似的流程。导致发送通道在SIM1和SIM2之间来回切换。
基于以上,本申请提供了一种实施例,在本实施例中,所述终端包括SIM1和SIM2,终端支持双卡双待单通的终端或双卡单待单通的终端。
结合图4,该实施例方法包括如下步骤:
S400、第一设备为终端的SIM1提供服务。
S401、终端确定SIM1处于连接态,SIM2SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态。
S402、终端通过SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,第一设备从终端接收该第一信息。
其中,第一信息可以包括或指示不同的内容。例如:
第一信息指示停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
或者,第一信息包括或指示允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
或者,第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
或者,第一信息包括或指示:第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
终端通过SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,可能有两种情况:
终端从SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息;则第一信息指示第一设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备向所述终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
终端从SIM1通过第一设备向第二设备发送第一信息;则第一信息指示第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,第一信息包括或指示允许第二设备向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
本申请实施例中,第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,可以理解为两种含义:第一信息可以直接指示第一设备或第二设备,停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。或者,第一设备或第二设备可以根据第一信息,自行确定停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
本申请实施例中,停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,也可以理解为:停止触发 其它设备向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。例如,若第一信息指示SMF停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,可以理解为,指示SMF停止触发AMF向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。对于SIM2的理解类似。停止向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息,也可以理解为:停止触发其它设备向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息,即SMF收到UPF发送的数据通知或下行数据时,SMF本地阻止该数据通知或下行数据,不向AMF发送触发AMF寻呼UE的消息。若第一信息指示UPF停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,可以理解为,指示UPF停止通过SMF触发AMF向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,即UPF收到发送给SIM1的下行数据时,UPF本地阻止该下行数据,不向SMF发送消息或数据。
本申请实施例中,允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,也可以理解为:允许触发其它设备向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。例如,若第一信息指示SMF允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,可以理解为,第一信息指示SMF允许触发AMF向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,即若SMF收到UPF发送的数据通知或下行数据时,SMF进行判断,若不满足该条件,则本地阻止该数据通知或下行数据,不向AMF发送触发AMF寻呼UE的消息。若第一信息指示UPF允许通过SMF触发AMF向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,即UPF收到发送给SIM1的下行数据时,若不满足该条件,UPF本地阻止该下行数据,不向SMF发送消息或数据。对于SIM2的理解类似。允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件,也可以理解为:允许触发其它设备向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
本申请实施例中,“包括或指示”对信息或消息的两种功能描述。例如,第一信息包括或指示:第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。第一信息包括第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,是指第一信息提供用于第一设备或第二设备判断所述条件的内容,第一设备或第二设备可以根据该第一信息确定该条件。第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,是指第一信息直接指示该条件,第一设备和第二设备可以直接从第一信息中获取该条件。
可选的,第一信息可以是启动或激活(active)仅移动终端发起连接(mobile initiated connection only,MICO)模式(mode)的信息,或者,启动或激活(active)省电模式(power saving mode,PSM)的信息。
可选的,终端在确定SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态时,可以先做判断,判断是否发送该第一信息。例如,终端可以将触发SIM2进入连接态的业务与SIM1处于连接态时的业务进行比较,可以按照业务的重要程度或者优先级来比较。若触发SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,高于或不低于SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级,则确定发送该第一信息。
第一设备从终端接收该第一信息之后,根据第一信息包括或指示内容的不同,可以执行S403或S404。若第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,则执行S403;否则,执行S404。
S403、若第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息,第一设备根据第一信息停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。或者若第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,则第一设备根据 第一信息,确定允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
可选的,在确定允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件后,第一设备向终端发送满足该条件的寻呼消息。
S404、若第一信息指示第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,则第一设备向第二设备发送第二信息,第二信息指示第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息;若第一信息包括或指示第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,则第一设备向第二设备发送第二信息,第二信息包括或指示第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
第二设备从第一设备接收该第二信息之后,根据第二信息停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,或者根据第二信息,向终端发送满足该条件的寻呼消息。该条件根据第二信息确定。
可选的,第一设备在接收到第一信息后,可以自主判断是否按照第一信息进行接下来的寻呼。如果第一设备判定不按照第一信息寻呼SIM1,则第一设备可以向终端返回一个响应消息,该响应消息指示终端第一设备继续按照原来方式寻呼SIM1,或者指示终端第一设备没有按照第一信息寻呼SIM1。
下面对上述方法步骤进行可选方式的详细说明。
终端在确定SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态时,向第一设备发送的第一信息,可以包括或指示上面任意两种内容,而不需要限定某种应用场景。例如,终端一旦确定SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态时,就向第一设备发送的第一信息,第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。又例如,终端一旦确定SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态时,就向第一设备发送的第一信息,第一信息包括或指示:第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
或者,终端可以判断向第一设备发送的第一信息包括或指示的内容。终端可以根据触发SIM2进入连接态的业务的原因,判断第一信息包括或指示的内容。比如终端确定触发SIM2进入连接态的业务的重要程度,或者需要执行该业务的需求的强度,确定第一信息包括或指示的内容为,指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息。
以下举例几种可能的场景,在下述1或2场景下,第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
1、触发SIM2进入连接态的业务为紧急呼叫业务,则终端可以确定第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。这里的停止可以理解为完全停止或暂时停止。
其中,紧急呼叫业务例如可以是通过SIM2呼叫110或119等语音通话。终端接收到用户触发的紧急呼叫请求后,若判断SIM1所在网络不支持紧急呼叫业务,SIM2所在网络支持紧急呼叫业务,则确定需要通过SIM2进行紧急呼叫业务。
2、触发SIM2进入连接态的业务为位置更新业务,则终端可以确定第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
由于终端具有移动性的特点,SIM2可能会需要执行位置更新业务,位置更新业务所用时间较短,且位置更新业务需要执行的需求性非常高,否则会影响SIM2的正常使用。
上面1和2两种情况下,SIM2需要占用发送通道,由于只有一个发送通道,所以SIM1 需要断开连接。通过终端向第一设备发送第一信息,第一信息指示停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,第一设备或第二设备可以根据第一信息得知SIM1断开连接,所以不会向终端继续发送SIM1的数据,可以避免第一设备在SIM1断开连接时继续发送数据导致的数据丢失。并且,第一设备或第二设备不会向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,节省网络资源,也能够防止终端接收到SIM1的寻呼消息后SIM1抢占发送通道,即防止SIM2的发送通道被抢占影响业务,保证SIM2执行业务的通道能够正常使用。
上面1和2的情况只是两种业务的举例,实际应用中,也可以是触发SIM2的业务为其它类型的业务的场景,或者触发SIM2的业务为任意业务时,第一信息均可以指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
终端可以根据触发SIM2进入连接态的业务的原因,确定第一信息包括或指示的内容为,第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。本申请实施例中,可以将第一设备或第二设备简述为网络侧。
首先终端需要确定触发SIM2进入连接态的业务。
若终端主动通过SIM2发起业务,则会触发SIM2进入连接态。由于终端主动发起SIM2的业务,因此终端能够明确确定触发SIM2进入连接态的业务。
若SIM2被动进入连接态,例如,终端可能接收到网络侧寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息,记为第一寻呼消息。第一寻呼消息中可能会包括或指示触发SIM2进入连接态的业务信息。如果第一寻呼消息中不包括或不指示触发SIM2进入连接态的业务信息,则终端可以先暂时离开SIM1的网络,接入SIM2的网络中,在接入SIM2的网络时确定触发SIM2进入连接态的业务。具体的,终端从第一设备接收寻呼SIM2的第二寻呼消息,终端使SIM2进入连接态,终端确定触发SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息。其中,终端可以通过SIM1向为SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求暂停调度SIM1的时隙或间隙(gap);终端在该时隙或间隙内通过SIM2连接到为SIM2提供服务的接入网设备,即使SIM2进入连接态。
终端在确定触发SIM2进入连接态的业务后,根据触发SIM2进入连接态的业务确定第一信息。第一信息包括或指示的内容为,网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。也就是说,当SIM2需要进入连接态时,终端需要断开SIM1的连接,终端向网络侧发送第一信息,网络侧可以根据第一信息来确定能够向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,但该寻呼消息是针对SIM1的某些业务的,为方便说明,允许寻呼SIM1的某些业务记为第一业务。触发SIM2进入连接态的业务记为第二业务。
网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,可以有如下任意一种或多种结合的理解:
1)网络侧可以向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,是针对SIM1的第一业务的,且第一业务的优先级高于或者不低于第二业务的优先级。
2)网络侧可以向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,是针对SIM1的第一协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话的,且该第一PDU会话的优先级高于或者不低于第二业务使用的第二PDU会话的优先级。
3)网络侧可以向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息,是针对SIM1的第一业务质量流(quality of service flow,QoS flow)的,且该第一QoS flow的优先级高于或者不低于第二业务使用的第二QoS flow的优先级。
终端可以向第一设备指示第一业务、第一PDU会话或第一QoS flow,指示允许网络侧向终端发送针对SIM1哪些业务/PDU会话/QoS flow的寻呼消息。或者,终端可以向第一设备指示第二业务、第二PDU会话或第二QoS flow,网络侧根据第二业务、第二PDU会话或第二QoS flow,来自行判断可以向终端发送针对SIM1哪些业务/PDU会话/QoS flow的寻呼消息。基于此,第一信息包括或指示的内容可以有以下几种形式:
(1)第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,即第一业务的信息。具体地,第一业务的信息可以是:允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
其中,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型,可以为具体的业务类型。例如,语音业务、短信业务、或非结构化补充数据业务(unstructured supplementary service data,USSD)业务。
优先级的高低可以用序号来表示,可以用1、2、3、4……来表示由高到低的优先级顺序。若允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级为{1,2,3},则表明第一信息指示网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级为1、2或3。若允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级为3,则表明第一信息指示网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级为1、2或3。
不同业务的优先级可以由终端与网络侧事先协商好,或由网络侧通知给终端,或通过协议规定。
举例来说,业务的优先级由高到低依次为:1、语音业务;2、短信业务或USSD业务;3、语音与短信外的其他IP多媒体子系统(IP multimedia system,IMS)业务;4、数据业务。若触发SIM2进入连接态的第二业务为数据业务,则网络侧可以针对优先级高于数据业务或不低于数据业务的业务寻呼SIM1,以优先级高于数据业务为例。第一信息可以包括或指示的内容可以有几种形式:形式一,语音业务、短信业务或USSD业务、语音与短信外的其他IMS业务;形式二,{1,2,3};形式三,3。
(2)第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,即第一PDU会话的信息。具体地,第一PDU会话的信息可以是:用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
其中,用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息。可以为具体的业务类型对应的PDU会话,例如,语音业务对应的PDU会话、短信业务对应的PDU会话、或USSD业务对应的PDU会话。也可以是PDU会话的参数,例如PDU会话的参数可以包括以下一种或多种:数据网络名称(data network name,DNN)、切片信息或接入网类型。
PDU会话的优先级的高低可以用序号来表示,可以用1、2、3、4……来表示由高到低的优先级顺序。若允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级为{1,2,3},则表明第一信息指示,网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的业务对应PDU会话的优先级为1、2或3。若允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级为3,则表明第一信息指示,网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1 的寻呼消息的业务对应的PDU会话的优先级为1、2或3。
不同PDU会话的优先级可以由终端与网络侧事先协商好,或由网络侧通知给终端,或通过协议规定。
举例来说,PDU会话的优先级由高到低依次为:1、语音业务对应的PDU会话;2、短信业务或USSD业务对应的PDU会话;3、语音与短信外的其他IMS业务对应的PDU会话;4、数据业务对应的PDU会话。若触发SIM2进入连接态的第二业务为数据业务,则网络侧可以针对优先级高于(或不低于)数据业务对应的PDU会话寻呼SIM1,以优先级高于数据业务为例。第一信息可以包括或指示的内容可以有几种形式:形式一,语音业务对应的PDU会话、短信业务或USSD业务对应的PDU会话、语音与短信外的其他IMS业务对应的PDU会话;形式二,{1,2,3};形式三,3。
(3)第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息,即第一QoS flow的信息。具体地,第一QoS flow的信息可以是:用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
其中,用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的描述信息,可以为具体的业务类型对应的QoS流。例如,语音业务对应的QoS流、短信业务对应的QoS流、或USSD业务对应的QoS流。也可以为QoS流的参数,例如QoS流的参数可以包括以下一种或多种:ARP或5QI。
QoS流的优先级的高低可以用序号来表示,可以用1、2、3、4……来表示由高到低的优先级顺序。若允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的优先级为{1,2,3},则表明第一信息指示,网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的业务对应QoS流的优先级为1、2或3。若允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级为3,则表明第一信息指示,网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的业务对应的QoS流的优先级为1、2或3。
不同QoS流的优先级可以由终端与网络侧事先协商好,或由网络侧通知给终端,或通过协议规定。
举例来说,QoS流的优先级由高到低依次为:1、语音业务对应的QoS流;2、短信业务或USSD业务对应的QoS流;3、语音与短信外的其他IMS业务对应的QoS流;4、数据业务对应的PDU会话。若触发SIM2进入连接态的第二业务为数据业务,则网络侧可以针对优先级高于(或不低于)数据业务对应的QoS流寻呼SIM1,以优先级高于数据业务为例。第一信息可以包括或指示的内容可以有几种形式:形式一,语音业务对应的QoS流、短信业务或USSD业务对应的QoS流、语音与短信外的其他IMS业务对应的QoS流;形式二,{1,2,3};形式三,3。
(4)触发SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息,即第二业务的信息。第二业务的信息可以是第二业务的业务类型,也可以是第二业务的业务优先级。
以上述(1)中的举例来说,第一信息可以包括或指示的内容为数据业务;或者为4。
(5)触发SIM2进入连接态的PDU会话的信息,即第二PDU会话的信息。
以上述(2)中的举例来说,第一信息可以包括或指示的内容为数据业务对应的PDU会话;或者为4。
(6)触发SIM2进入连接态的QoS流的信息,即第二QoS flow的信息。
以上述(3)中的举例来说,第一信息可以包括或指示的内容为数据业务对应的QoS流;或者为4。
在S402中,终端通过SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,第一设备从终端接收该第一信息。可选的,第一设备可能是为终端提供服务的接入网设备,也可能是为终端提供服务的核心网设备。
第一设备可能是为终端提供服务的接入网设备,第二设备可以是为终端提供服务的核心网设备,例如AMF、SMF,UPF,MME、SGW或PGW。终端通过SIM1向该接入网设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息中携带该第一信息。该RRC消息可以为用户设备辅助信息(UE assistance information)消息;或者,该RRC消息可以为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,该RRC消息可以为用户设备请求的挂起消息。第一信息指示该接入网设备或者核心网设备,停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。若第一信息指示核心网设备停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息,则接入网设备接收到第一信息后,还会向核心网设备发送第二信息,通过第二信息指示核心网设备停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。例如,接入网设备接收到第一信息后,向AMF发送第二信息,通过第二信息指示AMF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。或者,第一信息指示SMF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息,则AMF接收到第二信息后,还会继续向SMF发送第三信息,通过第三信息指示SMF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。或者,第一信息指示UPF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息,则SMF接收到第三信息后,还会继续向UPF发送第四信息,通过第四信息指示UPF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。
第一设备可能是为终端提供服务的核心网设备,第二设备可以是为终端提供服务的其它核心网设备,例如第一设备为为终端提供服务的AMF。终端通过SIM1向该AMF发送NAS消息,该NAS消息中携带该第一信息。该NAS消息可以是注册(registration或attach)消息,或者,该NAS消息还可以是上行传输(UL transport)消息;或者,该NAS消息为PDU会话修改(PDU session modification)消息。第一信息指示该核心网设备或者其它核心网设备,停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。若第一信息指示该核心网设备(例如AMF)停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息,则AMF根据该第一信息停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。若第一信息其它核心网设备(例如SMF)停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息,则AMF接收到第一信息后,还会向SMF发送第二信息,通过第二信息指示SMF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。若第一信息指示UPF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息,则SMF接收到第二信息后,还会继续向UPF发送第三信息,通过第三信息指示UPF停止发送寻呼消息或者发送满足条件的寻呼消息。
其中,第一信息可以包括或指示不同的内容。例如:
第一信息指示第一设备或第二设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
或者,第一信息包括或指示:第一设备或第二设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端向第一设备发送的第一信息还可以包括定时器的信息。定时器的信息可以携带与第一信息中,可以与第一信息一起发送,也可以与第一信息分开 发送。其中,定时器的信息用于指示第一设备或第二设备:停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向终端发送寻呼满足该条件的寻呼消息的时长。即,在定时器超时前,停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,在定时器超时前,允许向终端发送寻呼满足该条件的寻呼消息。
第一设备或第二设备根据定时器的信息,在定时器超时前,停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,在定时器超时前,允许向终端发送寻呼满足该条件的寻呼消息。
可选的,在S403之后,网络侧向终端发送第二消息,终端接收网络侧发送的第二消息,这里的网络侧可以是为SIM1提供服务的基站或核心网设备。第二消息用于将SIM1变更为非连接态。终端接收到第二消息后,根据第二消息使SIM2进入连接态。
在SIM2进入连接态后,终端执行触发SIM2进入连接态的业务。可选的,终端确定触发SIM2进入连接态的业务结束,或者,终端确定SIM2由连接态转为非连接态,则:终端通过SIM1向为SIM1提供服务的基站或核心网设备发送第三信息,第三信息用于基站或核心网络设备确定允许向SIM1发送寻呼消息。
基于上述实施例的描述和同一种技术构思,本申请实施例提供了另一种通信方法。
如上面对S402可选方式的描述,终端在确定SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态时,可以先做判断,判断是否发送该第一信息。终端也可以判定不发送第一信息,比如终端确定SIM1继续处于连接态。这种情况下,终端需要通知SIM2的网络停止寻呼SIM2,或者通知SIM2的网络可以寻呼SIM2的条件。比方说,若触发SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,低于或不高于SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级,则确定SIM1继续处于连接态。
下面对本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法做详细介绍。如图5所示,本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的具体流程如下所述。该方法通过终端和第一设备来执行。其中,终端包括SIM1和SIM2。终端可以是双卡双待单通的终端或双卡单待单通的终端。
S500、第一设备为终端的SIM1提供服务。
S501、当SIM1处于连接态,SIM2处于非连接态时,终端确定SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态。
S502、终端通过SIM2向第三设备发送第五信息,第三设备从终端接收该第五信息。
其中,第五信息可以包括或指示不同的内容。例如:
第五信息指示第三设备或第四设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息。
或者,第五信息包括或指示:第三设备或第四设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
第五信息包括或指示:第三设备或第四设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。第五信息包括第三设备或第四设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件,是指第五信息提供用于第三设备或第四设备判断所述条件的内容,第三设备或第四设备可以根据该第五信息确定该条件。第五信息指示第三设备或第四设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件,是指第五信息直接指示该条件,第三设备和第四设备可以直接从第五信息中获取该条件。
第三设备从终端接收该第五信息之后,根据第五信息包括或指示内容的不同,可以执行S503或S504。若第五信息指示所述第三设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第五信息包括或指示所述第三设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件,则执行S503;否则,执行S504。
S503、若第五信息指示所述第三设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息,第三设备根据第五信息停止向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息。或者若第五信息包括或指示所述第三设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件,则第三设备根据第五信息,确定允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
可选的,在确定允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件后,第三设备向终端发送满足该条件的寻呼消息。
S504、若第五信息指示第四设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息,则第三设备向第四设备发送第六信息,第六信息指示第四设备停止向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息;若第五信息包括或指示第四设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件,则第三设备向第四设备发送第六信息,第六信息包括或指示第四设备允许向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
第四设备从第三设备接收该第六信息之后,根据第六信息停止向终端发送寻呼SIM2的寻呼消息,或者根据第六信息,向终端发送满足该条件的寻呼消息。该条件根据第六信息确定。
可选的,S502中,终端通过SIM2向第三设备发送第五信息,第三设备从终端接收该第五信息。由于SIM2处于非连接态,所以若要执行S502,终端需要使SIM2进入连接态,在SIM2进入连接态后,才能通过SIM2向第三设备发送第五信息。在本实施例中,终端确定继续在SIM1上进行业务,所以,终端在使SIM2进入连接态之前,需要暂时离开SIM1的网络。暂时离开SIM1的网络的方法本申请不作限定。举例来说,终端可以通过SIM1向为SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求暂停调度SIM1的时隙或间隙(gap);终端在该时隙或间隙内通过SIM2连接到为SIM2提供服务的接入网设备,即使SIM2进入连接态。请求消息可以是RRC消息。
图5所示实施例的一些可选方式的描述可以参照图4实施例的相关描述,在此不再赘述。例如,可选方式的详细说明中,图5实施例的SIM2可以对应图4实施例的SIM1,图5实施例的第三设备可以对应图4实施例的第一设备,图5实施例的第四设备可以对应图4实施例的第二设备,图5实施例的第五信息可以对应图4实施例的第一信息,图5实施例的第六信息可以对应图4实施例的第三信息。举例来说,第五信息包括或指示的内容可以根据SIM1当前进行的业务来确定,比如SIM1当前进行的业务的重要程度或优先级程度,来确定第三设备或第四设备停止寻呼SIM2或者寻呼SIM2的条件。寻呼SIM2的条件包括寻呼哪些业务、PDU会话或QoS flow对应的寻呼消息,可以根据SIM2的业务/PDU会话/QoS flow优先级与SIM1当前进行的业务/PDU会话/QoS flow优先级来比较确定。
基于上述实施例的描述,下面结合具体的应用场景对本申请实施例提供的方法做进一步详细的介绍。各个应用场景的前提环境为:SIM1处于连接态,SIM2处于非连接态。
以下应用场景中,终端的SIM1用SIM1表示,SIM2用SIM2表示,接入网设备用gNB表示,核心网设备包括AMF、SMF和UPF。终端和UE表示相同设备不同的说法。基站和gNB表示相同设备不同的说法。
应用场景一:
终端确定进行SIM2的业务,需要向SIM1的网络发送信息,使SIM1的网络(AMF)停止寻呼SIM1或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM1。
如图6所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
S601、UE获得需要从SIM1转到SIM2进行业务的原因,请确定是否停止在SIM1接收寻呼消息。
该原因可能是UE本地发起业务的情况,比如主动打电话,紧急呼叫110,119。
若UE确定SIM2发起紧急呼叫,则确定SIM1停止接收寻呼消息(paging)。
场景举例:UE收到用户的紧急呼叫请求,当UE判断SIM1所在网络不支持紧急呼叫,SIM2所在网络支持紧急呼叫时,此时需要SIM2抢占SIM1的通道,并通知SIM1停止接收paging。
停止接收SIM1的paging是为了防止对SIM2的紧急呼叫造成影响。
若UE判断SIM2请求执行位置更新,则UE确定SIM1停止接收paging。UE向网络侧指示SIM1停止接收paging的信息后,可能检测有没有对SIM1下发的寻呼,也可能不检测。
位置更新时间较短,而且是必须要做的。停止接收SIM1的paging是为了防止SIM2的位置更新被中断。
UE根据触发SIM2进入连接态的业务,确定SIM1可接收的paging的描述。
若SIM2主动发起业务,则UE根据触发SIM2发起请求的业务进行判断。
其中,若SIM2接收网络寻呼,则UE根据寻呼消息中的业务指示进行判断,或者,UE使SIM1暂时断网,UE先临时连接到SIM2的网络,并获知SIM2对应的业务后进行判断。
UE根据SIM2发起业务,确定SIM1可接收paging的业务。
例如,业务优先级可以按如下顺序:
1语音业务;
2短信业务或USSD业务;
3语音与短信外的其他IMS业务;
4数据业务。
例如:若SIM2发起数据业务,优先级为4,则SIM1的网络侧可针对SIM1发送优先级为1,2,3,4业务的paging;若SIM2发起语音业务,优先级为1,则SIM1可的网络侧可针对SIM1发送优先级为1业务的paging。
UE根据SIM2发起业务时使用的PDU会话,确定SIM1的网络侧可针对SIM1发送什么PDU会话对应的paging。
例如,PDU会话优先级如下:
1 IMS业务对应的PDU会话。
2短信业务或USSD业务对应的PDU会话。
3数据业务对已的PDU会话。
若SIM2发起数据业务,优先级为3,则SIM1的网络侧可针对SIM1发送优先级为1,2,3的PDU会话对应的paging。
若SIM2发起IMS业务,优先级为1,则SIM1的网络侧可针对SIM1发送优先级为1的PDU会话对应的paging。
UE根据SIM2发起业务时使用的QoS flow,确定SIM1可接收什么QoS flow对应的paging。5G中,PDU会话中包括一个或多个QoS flow。
例如,QoS flow优先级如下:
1 IMS语音业务对应的QoS flow。
2短信业务或USSD业务对应的QoS flow。
3语音与短信外的其他IMS业务对应的QoS flow。
4数据业务对应的QoS flow。
若SIM2发起数据业务,使用的QoS flow对应的优先级为4,则SIM1的网络侧可针对SIM1发送优先级为1,2,3,4业务的QoS flow对应的paging。
若SIM2发起语音业务,使用的QoS flow对应的优先级为1,则SIM1的网络侧可针对SIM1发送优先级为1业务的QoS flow对应的paging。
S602、UE向gNB发送消息,例如为RRC释放请求(RRC release request)消息或RRC挂起请求(RRC suspend request)消息。消息中携带指示信息。
RRC释放请求消息用于请求挂起(suspend)或释放(release)SIM1与gNB间的连接(RRC连接)。
指示信息包括或指示:
停止接收paging的指示信息;
或者,可接收什么业务对应的paging;
或者,包括可接收寻呼的业务的类型,可接收寻呼的业务的优先级,网络侧和终端可以协商好1、2、3或4优先级对应的业务;
或者,可接收寻呼的业务的最小优先级,例如反馈3,则表示可以接收寻呼的业务的优先级为1、2或3。
可接收什么PDU会话对应的paging;包括可接收PDU会话的参数信息,如,DNN,切片信息,和或接入网类型等;
或者,可接收什么QoS flow对应的paging;
包括可接收QoS flow的QoS参数,例如,ARP和5QI等。
可选的,指示信息中还包含启动双卡优化的信息。
S603、gNB向AMF发送请求消息(例如,N2UE request消息),用于请求AMF释放或挂起UE的连接。在该请求消息中进一步携带S602的指示信息。
发送通道从SIM1到SIM2,所以SIM1需要释放掉。
S604、AMF根据指示信息,记录UE可接收paging的情况。
AMF可以自主判断,是否同意该指示信息的指示内容。如果不同意,则AMF还可以向UE发送响应消息,在响应消息中携带AMF不同意指示信息,AMF会继续按照原来的方式向UE发送寻呼SIM1的寻呼消息。
可选的,AMF收到S603发送的指示信息后,根据指示信息,启动定时器,在定时器超时前,不向UE发送paging,或仅向UE发送满足指示信息要求的paging。
S605、gNB释放UE的SIM1与gNB间的连接。
gNB可以在收到S602后直接释放UE的SIM1与gNB间的连接,也可以在收到AMF的消息后再释放。
S606、UPF收到发往UE的SIM1的下行数据。
S607、UPF判断不存在下行数据对应的数据通道时,向SMF发送数据通知(data notification)消息,在该消息中包含差分服务代码点(differentiated services code point,DSCP),和服务质量流标识(QoS flow ID,QFI)。
S608、SMF向AMF发请求消息,例如请求消息为Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer。
请求消息中携带数据业务对应的ARP、5QI信息、寻呼策略指示(paging policy indicator,PPI)、或PDU会话标识(PDU session ID)。
SMF根据DSCP获得PPI,SMF根据QFI获得ARP和5QI。
S609、AMF根据S604的信息,判断执行的步骤。
若指示信息指示停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的paging,则AMF直接执行S610-S611,拒绝SMF。
若指示信息包括或指示可发送寻呼SIM1哪些业务对应的paging,则AMF判断触发paging的业务是否满足条件,若不满足,则AMF直接执行S610-S611,拒绝SMF。
AMF具体根据PPI指示判断触发paging的业务类型。
若指示信息包括或指示可发送寻呼SIM1哪些PDU会话对应的paging,则AMF判断触发paging的PDU会话是否满足要求,若不满足,则AMF直接执行S610-S611,拒绝SMF。
AMF具体根据PDU会话(session)ID判断触发paging的PDU session。
若指示信息包括或指示可发送寻呼SIM1哪些QoS flow对应的paging,则AMF判断触发paging的QoS flow是否满足要求,若不满足,则AMF直接执行S610-S611,拒绝SMF。
AMF具体根据APR,5QI判断触发paging的QoS flow。
S610、AMF向SMF发送响应消息,拒绝SMF。例如,响应消息为Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer Response。
S611、SMF向UPF发送失败指示(failure indication)。
S612、当UE确定SIM2的业务结束,可转为SIM1继续进行业务。
如果UE向AMF发送定时器的信息,AMF根据UE发送的定时器的信息或者AMF根据自己确定的定时器的信息,在定时器超时前,按照指示信息发送寻呼消息,则省略以下S613~S615。
S613、UE通过SIM1向gNB发送RRC建立完成消息(RRC setup complete),在RRC建立完成消息中包含指示信息。
接收所有paging的指示信息或关闭双卡优化的信息。
S614、gNB向AMF发送消息(N2message),携带指示信息。
S615、AMF根据指示信息确定可接收paging的业务,并保存。
S613~S615中的指示信息指示功能与S602~S609指示信息功能不同,为作区分,S613~S615中的指示信息记为指示信息2,指示信息2指示SIM2业务结束,或指示可以向SIM1正常寻呼。
应用场景二:
终端确定进行SIM1的业务,需要向SIM2的网络发送信息,使SIM2的网络(AMF)停止寻呼SIM2或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM2。假设SIM1注册的网络为gNB1,SIM1注册的网络为gNB2。当然两个卡也可以注册相同的网络。
如图7所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
S700、终端确定需要通过SIM2发起业务,或者SIM2接收到paging消息。
S701、终端确定继续在SIM1进行业务,则终端通过SIM1向gNB1请求临时离开网络。
具体可以是请求gNB1为SIM1分配间隙gap,以及请求gNB1在gap期间不会向SIM1发送数据,则gNB1在gap期间不会向SIM1发送数据。这样,可以节省网络侧的资源,并且不会因为gNB1对SIM1的寻呼影响SIM2断网,影响后续的步骤。
S702、终端根据SIM1当前进行的业务,判断SIM2的网络可向SIM2发送什么业务/PDU会话/QoS flow对应的paging。并通过SIM2向gNB2发送指示信息,指示信息的内容同图S602的描述。
具体判断方法可以参照图6实施例中判断SIM1的网络可以向SIM1发送什么业务/PDU会话/QoS flow对应的paging。
S703~715、与S603~615类似,只是SIM1的描述替换为SIM2的描述,SIM2的描述替换为SIM1的描述。
需要说明的是,图6中的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM1注册网络的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF。图7中的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM2注册网络的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF。
应用场景三:
终端确定进行SIM2的业务,需要向SIM1的网络发送信息,使SIM1的网络(SMF)停止寻呼SIM1或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM1。
如图8所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
S801~803、同S601~603。
S804、AMF确定当前为终端的SIM1提供服务的SMF。
S805、同S605。
S806、AMF并向每个S804中确定的SMF发送消息,例如PDU会话更新上下文消息(Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext)。消息中携带指示信息。
SMF根据指示信息,记录UE可接受寻呼SIM1的paging的情况。
S807~S808、同S606~S607。
S809、SMF根据S806的指示信息,判断执行的步骤。包括以下几种情况。
若指示信息指示停止发送寻呼SIM1的paging,则SMF确定停止触发AMF寻呼SIM1,直接执行S810,拒绝UPF。即SMF本地阻止,不向AMF发送触发AMF向UE发送paging的消息。
若指示信息为可发送什么业务对应的寻呼SIM1的paging,则SMF判断触发paging的业务是否满足要求,若不满足,则SMF直接执行S810,拒绝UPF。即SMF本地阻止,不向AMF发送触发AMF向UE发送paging的消息。
SMF可以根据DSCP指示判断触发paging的业务类型。
若指示信息指示可发送某些PDU会话对应的寻呼SIM1的paging,则SMF判断触发paging的PDU会话是否满足要求,若不满足,则AMF直接执行S810,拒绝UPF。
SMF本地判断触发paging的PDU session。
若指示信息指示可发送某些QoS flow对应的寻呼SIM1的paging,则SMF判断触发paging的QoS flow是否满足要求,若不满足,则SMF直接执行S810,拒绝UPF。
SMF可以根据QFI判断触发paging的QoS flow。
S810、SMF向UPF发送失败指示(failureindication)。
S811~813、同S612~614。
S814、AMF确定当前为终端提供服务的SMF。
S815、AMF向每个S814确定的SMF发送指示信息。可以发送PDU会话上下文更新消息(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMContext),在消息中携带指示信息。
SMF根据指示信息继续向终端发送所有业务的paging。
S811~S815中的指示信息指示功能与S802~S809指示信息功能不同,为作区分,S1011~1015中的指示信息记为指示信息2,指示信息2指示SIM2业务结束,或指示可以向SIM1正常寻呼。
应用场景四:
终端确定进行SIM1的业务,需要向SIM2的网络发送信息,使SIM2的网络(SMF)停止寻呼SIM2或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM2。
如图9所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
S900~S902、同S700~S702。
S903~915、与S803~815类似,只是SIM1的描述替换为SIM2的描述,SIM2的描述替换为SIM1的描述。
需要说明的是,图8中的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM1注册网络的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF。图9中的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM2注册网络的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF。
应用场景五:
终端确定进行SIM2的业务,需要向SIM1的网络发送信息,使SIM1的网络(UPF)停止寻呼SIM1或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM1。
如图10所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
S1001~S1006、同S801~S806。
指示信息UPF根据指示信息,记录paging的情况S1007、SMF向UPF发送消息,例如N4会话修改请求消息(N4 Session Modification Request)消息。在消息中携带指示信息。
UPF根据指示信息,记录可以向终端发送寻呼SIM1的paging的情况。
S1008、UPF收到发往终端的卡1的下行数据。
S1009、UPF根据S1007的信息,判断执行的步骤。
若指示信息指示停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的paging,则UPF确定停止触发寻呼SIM1的paging,UPF保存数据,并不向SMF发送数据。
若指示信息指示可发送寻呼SIM1的哪些业务对应的paging,则UPF判断触发paging的业务是否满足要求,若不满足,则UPF保存数据,并不向SMF发送数据。
UPF具体根据接收到数据包的DSCP指示判断触发paging的业务类型。
若指示信息指示可发送寻呼SIM1的哪些PDU会话对应的paging,则UPF判断触发paging的PDU会话是否满足要求,若不满足,则UPF保存数据,并不向SMF发送数据。
UPF本地判断触发paging的PDU session。
若指示信息指示可发送寻呼SIM1的哪些QoS flow对应的paging,则UPF判断触发paging的QoS flow是否满足要求,若不满足,则SMF直接执行S1010,拒绝UPF。
UPF本地判断触发paging的QoS flow。
S1010~S1014、同S811~S815。
S1015、SMF向UPF发送消息,例如N4会话修改请求(N4 Session Modification Request), 消息中携带指示信息,指示SIM2业务结束,或指示可以向SIM1正常寻呼。
UPF根据指示信息确定可向SIM1发送paging,则按照现有技术向UE发送保存的数据。
S1011~1015中的指示信息指示功能与S1002~S1009指示信息功能不同,为作区分,S1011~1015中的指示信息记为指示信息2。
应用场景六:
终端确定进行SIM1的业务,需要向SIM2的网络发送信息,使SIM2的网络(UPF)停止寻呼SIM2或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM2。
如图11所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
S1100~S1102、同S700~S702。
S1103~1115、与S1003~1015类似,只是SIM1的描述替换为SIM2的描述,SIM2的描述替换为SIM1的描述。
需要说明的是,图10中的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM1注册网络的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF。图11中的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM2注册网络的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF。
应用场景七:
终端确定进行SIM2的业务,需要向SIM1的网络发送信息,使SIM1的网络(gNB)停止寻呼SIM1或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM1。
如图12所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
本应用场景的实施例主要对应挂起(suspend)的情况,这里的挂起指gNB保留终端的信息,并且保持gNB与网络侧的连接通道,仅释放gNB与终端间的连接。
S1201、同S601。
S1202、UE向gNB发送消息,例如为RRC挂起请求(RRC suspend request)消息。消息中携带指示信息。
指示信息的描述参考S602。
S1203、gNB根据指示信息,记录UE可接受paging的情况。
可选的,gNB收到S1203发送的指示信息后,根据指示信息,启动定时器,在定时器超时前,不向UE发送paging,或仅向UE发送满足指示信息要求的paging。
S1204、gNB释放UE的SIM1与gNB间的连接。
即gNB执行挂起的过程。
S1205~S1206、核心网设备向gNB发送SIM1的下行数据,gNB接收到发给SIM1的下行数据。
S1207、gNB根据S1203记录的信息,判断执行的步骤。
若指示信息指示停止向终端发送寻呼SIM1的paging,则gNB保存数据,并不发起paging。
若指示信息包括或指示可发送寻呼SIM1哪些业务对应的paging,则gNB判断触发paging的业务是否满足要求,若不满足,则gNB保存数据,并不发起paging。
gNB可以根据Paging Priority指示判断触发paging的业务类型。
若指示信息包括或指示可发送寻呼SIM1哪些PDU会话对应的paging,则gNB判断触发paging的PDU会话是否满足要求,若不满足,则gNB保存数据,并不发起paging。
gNB本地判断触发paging的PDU session。
若指示信息包括或指示可发送寻呼SIM1哪些QoS flow对应的paging,则gNB判断触发paging的QoS flow是否满足要求,若不满足,则gNB保存数据,并不发起paging。
gNB本地判断触发paging的QoS flow。
S1208、当UE确定SIM2的业务结束,可转为SIM1继续进行业务。
S1209、UE通过SIM1向gNB发送恢复请求,例如RRC恢复请求消息(RRC resume request),在恢复请求中包含指示信息2。指示信息2用于指示SIM2业务结束,或指示可以向SIM1正常寻呼。即指示网络侧可以发送收所有paging或指示关闭双卡paging优化功能。
S1210、gNB完成恢复(RRC resume)过程。
S1211、将保存的数据发送给UE。
应用场景八:
终端确定进行SIM1的业务,需要向SIM2的网络发送信息,使SIM2的网络(gNB)停止寻呼SIM2或发送符合条件的寻呼消息来寻呼SIM2。
如图13所示,具体实现过程如下所述。
S1300~S1302、同S700~S702。
S1303~S1311、与S1203~S1211类似,只是SIM1的描述替换为SIM2的描述,SIM2的描述替换为SIM1的描述。
需要说明的是,图12中的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM1注册网络的gNB、AMF、SMF和UPF。图13中的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF分别为SIM2注册网络的gNB2、AMF、SMF和UPF。
上述应用场景一至应用场景六均是通过RRC消息发送的指示信息,还可能通过NAS消息发送指示信息。例如,终端向AMF发送NAS消息,在NAS消息中携带指示信息,或者,终端向SMF发送NAS消息,在NAS消息中携带指示信息。以终端向AMF发送NAS消息,在NAS消息中携带指示信息为例,通过图14来描述应用场景九。
应用场景九:
为终端通过NAS消息发送指示信息的过程。
S1401、同S601/S701/S801/S901/S1001/S1101/S1201/S1301。
S1402、终端向AMF发送NAS消息,NAS消息中携带指示信息。
后续步骤与上述各个应用场景中AMF接收到指示信息之后执行的操作相同。应用场景九描述了上述各个应用场景中将携带指示信息的RRC消息换为NAS消息的过程。具体细节与上面应用场景一至应用场景六是类似的,只有携带指示信息的消息由RRC消息换为NAS消息。可以参考上面应用场景一至应用场景六的描述,重复之处在此不再赘述。
为进一步对本申请实施例的理解,基于上述实施例的描述,以下提供一种可能的应用举例。如图15a~图15b所示,终端具有两个卡,用卡1和卡2表示。在终端的界面左上方显示两个卡的信号图标。该应用举例如下所述。
图15a中所示,网络侧为终端的卡1提供服务。卡1处于连接态,卡2处于非连接态。
例如,终端在卡1上进行语音通话业务,与用户157xxxxxxxx进行语音通话业务。通话时长为10:00min。在图15b中,当终端在卡1上进行语音通话业务的时长为10:01min的时刻,接收到卡2的语音通话提示,用户159xxxxxxxx正在呼叫卡2。终端确定接听卡 2上的语音呼叫,挂断卡1上的通话,如图15c所示。并通过卡1向卡1的网络侧发送第一信息。根据卡2上的语音业务的重要程度或优先级,确定第一信息包括或指示的内容。例如第一信息可以指示卡1的网络侧停止向终端发送寻呼卡1的寻呼消息。又例如,第一信息可以指示卡1的网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼卡1的寻呼消息的条件。这样,通过第一信息的指示,可以避免卡2进行语音呼叫业务的过程中,卡1的网络侧寻呼卡1对卡2造成的影响。若第一信息指示卡1的网络侧允许向终端发送寻呼卡1的寻呼消息的条件,例如,如图15d所示,可以允许寻呼卡1的寻呼消息用于上网业务。则在卡2进行语音呼叫业务过程中,可以通过卡1进行上网。
结合以上,本申请提供如下实施例:
第一方面,应用于通信装置,通信装置可以是终端,也可以是可设置于终端上的芯片等。方法实施例如下所述。
实施例1、一种通信方法,其中,应用于通信装置,所述通信装置支持SIM卡1和SIM卡2,所述方法包括:
确定所述SIM1处于连接态,所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息;
或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;
或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;
或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的PDU会话的信息;
或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的QoS流的信息。
实施例3、如实施例2所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型;
或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;
或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例4、如实施例2或实施例3所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;
或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例5、如实施例2所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;
或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;
或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例6、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务为紧急呼叫业务或位置更新业务,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息。
实施例7、如实施例1~6任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:
接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例8、如实施例1~6任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:
从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息;
使所述SIM2进入连接态;
确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例9、如实施例8所述的方法,其中,使所述SIM2进入连接态,包括:
通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;
在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。
实施例10、如实施例1~9任一项所述的方法,其中,通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,包括:
确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,高于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;
通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第一信息。
实施例11、实施例1~10任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。
实施例12、实施例1~11任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:
接收所述第一设备或所述第二设备发送的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态;
根据所述第二信息使所述SIM2进入连接态。
实施例13、如实施例12所述的方法,其中,还包括:
确定所述SIM2由连接态转为非连接态,或者确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务结束,则:
通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备允许向所述SIM1发送寻呼消息。
实施例14、如实施例1~13任一项所述的方法,其中,通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,包括:
通过SIM1向为所述通信装置提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;
或者,通过SIM1向为所述通信装置提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例15、如实施例14所述的方法,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例16、如实施例14所述的方法,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
第二方面,应用于网络设备侧,例如网络设备为第一设备。方法实施例如下所述。
实施例1、一种通信方法,其中,应用于第一设备,所述方法包括:
为通信装置的SIM1提供服务,所述通信装置包括SIM1和SIM2;
从所述通信装置接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
所述方法还包括:
根据所述第一信息,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,根据所述第一信息,确定允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例3、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
所述方法还包括:
向所述第二设备转发所述第一信息,或根据所述第一信息发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例4、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的PDU会话的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的QoS流的信息。
实施例5、如实施例4所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例6、如实施例4或5所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例4所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例8、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务为紧急呼叫业务或位置更新业务,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息。
实施例9、实施例1~8任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;所述方法还包括:
在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息,或者向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。
实施例10、实施例1~9任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:
向所述通信装置发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态,以及用于指示所述通信装置使所述SIM2进入连接态。
实施例11、实施例1~10任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备为接入网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;
或者,所述第一设备为核心网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例12、如实施例11所述的方法,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例13、如实施例11所述的方法,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
第三方面,方法实施例如下所述。
实施例1、一种通信方法,其中,应用于通信装置,所述通信装置支持SIM1和SIM2,所述方法包括:
确定所述SIM1处于连接态所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或 第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的PDU会话的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的QoS流的信息。
实施例3、如实施例2所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例4、如实施例2或3所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例5、如实施例2所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例1~6任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:
接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例8、如实施例1~6任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:
从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息;
使所述SIM2进入连接态;
确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例9、如实施例8所述的方法,其中,使所述SIM2进入连接态,包括:
通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;
在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。
实施例10、如实施例1~9任一项所述的方法,其中,通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送 第一信息,包括:
确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,低于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;
通过所述SIM2向所述第一设备发送第一信息。
实施例11、实施例1~10任一项所述的方法,其中,还包括:
所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。
实施例12、如实施例1~11任一项所述的方法,其中,通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息,包括:
通过SIM2向为所述通信装置提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述第一RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,通过SIM2向为所述通信装置提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例13、如实施例12所述的方法,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例14、如实施例12所述的方法,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
第四种,应用于网络设备侧,例如网络设备为第一设备,方法实施例如下所述。
实施例1、一种通信方法,其中,应用于第一设备,所述方法包括:
为通信装置的SIM1提供服务,所述通信装置包括SIM1和SIM2;
从所述通信装置接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件;
所述方法还包括:
根据所述第一信息,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,根据所述第一信息,确定允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例3、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件;
所述方法还包括:
向所述第二设备转发所述第一信息,或根据所述第一信息发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例4、如实施例1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包 括或指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的PDU会话的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的QoS流的信息。
实施例5、如实施例4所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例6、如实施例4或5所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例4所述的方法,其中,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例8、实施例1~7任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;所述方法还包括:
在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息,或者向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。
实施例9、实施例1~8任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备为接入网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;
或者,所述第一设备为核心网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例10、如实施例9所述的方法,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例11、如实施例9所述的方法,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
如图16所示,基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置1600,该通信装置1600可以支持安装至少两个SIM卡,通信装置1600可以是终端,也可以是终端或网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端或网络设备匹配使用的装置。在一种设计中,该通信装置1600可以包括执行上述方法实施例中终端执行的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应 的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置1600可以包括处理模块1601、第一通信模块1602和第二通信模块1603。处理模块1601用于调用第一通信模块SIM1 1602或第二通信模块SIM2 1603执行接收和/或发送的功能。通信装置1600在实现上述方法实施例时,各模块具体执行操作如第五方面或第六方面所述。
第五方面,实施例如下所述。
实施例1、一种通信装置,包括处理模块、第一通信模块SIM1和第二通信模块SIM2;
处理模块用于:
当所述SIM1处于连接态,确定所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
所述第一信息包括或指示的功能可以参照第一方面的实施例,在此不再赘述。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述处理模块还用于:
通过SIM2接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
处理模块,还用于根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例3、如实施例1或2所述的装置,其中,处理模块,还用于通过SIM2从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息。
处理模块,还用于使所述SIM2进入连接态;确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例4、如实施例1、2或3所述的装置,在使所述SIM2进入连接态时,处理模块用于通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;处理模块用于:在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。
实施例5、如实施例1~4任一项所述的装置,在通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息时,处理模块用于确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,高于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;处理模块用于:通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第一信息。
实施例6、如实施例1~5任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。
实施例7、如实施例1~6任一项所述的装置,其中,处理模块还用于:
通过SIM1接收所述第一设备或所述第二设备发送的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态;
处理模块还用于根据所述第二信息使所述SIM2进入连接态。
实施例8、如实施例7任一项所述的装置,其中,还包括:
处理模块还用于确定所述SIM2由连接态转为非连接态,或者确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务结束,则:
处理模块还用于通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备允许向所述SIM1发送寻呼消息。
实施例9、如实施例1~8任一项所述的装置,其中,在通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,处理模块具体用于:
通过SIM1向为所述终端提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,通过SIM1向为所述终端提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例10、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求。的挂起消息。
实施例11、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
第六方面,实施例如下所述。
实施例1、一种通信装置,包括:处理模块和通信模块;
处理模块,用于当所述SIM1处于连接态,确定所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
通信模块,通过所述处理模块,还用于通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示所述停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:
允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的PDU会话的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的QoS流的信息。
实施例3、如实施例2所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例4、如实施例2或3所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例5、如实施例2所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或 者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例1~6任一项所述的装置,其中,所述处理模块还用于:
通过SIM2接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
处理模块还用于根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例8、如实施例1~6任一项所述的装置,其中,所述处理模块还用于:通过SIM2从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息;
使所述SIM2进入连接态;确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例9、如实施例8所述的装置,其中,在使所述SIM2进入连接态时,处理模块具体用于通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;
在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。
实施例10、如实施例1~9任一项所述的装置,其中,在通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息时,处理模块具体用于确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,低于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;
通过所述SIM2向所述第一设备发送第一信息。
实施例11、实施例1~10任一项所述的装置,其中,还包括:
所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。
实施例12、如实施例1~11任一项所述的装置,其中,在通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息,处理模块具体用于:
通过SIM2向为所述终端提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述第一RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,通过SIM2向为所述终端提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例13、如实施例12所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例14、如实施例12所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
如图17所示,基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置1700,该通信装置1700可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。网络设备例如可以是上述方法实施例中的第一设备或第二设备。在一种设计中,该通信装置1700可以包括执行上述方法实施例中第一设备或第二设备执行的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置可以包括处理模块1701和通信模块1702。处理模块1701用于调用通信模块1702执行接收和/或发送的功能。通信装置1700在实现上述方法实施例时,各模块具体执行操作如第七方面或第八方面所述。
第七方面,实施例如下所述。
处理模块,用于为终端的SIM1提供服务;
通信模块,用于从所述终端接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理模块还用于,调用通信模块:
根据所述第一信息,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,根据所述第一信息,确定允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例3、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理模块还用于,调用通信模块:
向所述第二设备转发所述第一信息,或根据所述第一信息发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例4、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的PDU会话的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的QoS流的信息。
实施例5、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例6、如实施例4或5所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例8、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务为紧急呼叫业务或位置更新业务,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息。
实施例9、实施例1~8任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;处理模块还用于,调用通信模块执行:
在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息,或者向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。
实施例10、实施例1~9任一项所述的装置,其中,通信模块还用于:
向所述终端发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态,以及用于指示所述终端使所述SIM2进入连接态。
实施例11、实施例1~10任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一设备为接入网设备;通信模块具体用于:从终端接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;
或者,所述第一设备为核心网设备;从终端接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例12、如实施例11所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例13、如实施例11所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
第八方面:
实施例1,一种通信装置,其中,包括:
处理模块,用于为终端的SIM1提供服务,所述终端包括SIM1和SIM2;
通信模块,用于从所述终端接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理模块还用于,调用通信模块:
根据所述第一信息,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,根据所述第一信息,确定允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例3、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理模块还用于,调用通信模块:
向所述第二设备转发所述第一信息,或根据所述第一信息发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例4、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或 指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的PDU会话的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的QoS流的信息。
实施例5、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例6、如实施例4或5所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例8、实施例1~7任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;所述通信模块还用于:
在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息,或者向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。
实施例9、实施例1~8任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一设备为接入网设备;通信模块用于:从终端接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,所述第一设备为核心网设备;从终端接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例10、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例11、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
如图18所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1800,用于实现上述方法中终端、的功能。当实现终端的功能时,该装置可以是终端,也可以是终端中的装置,或者是能够和终端匹配使用的装置。其中,该装置可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。通信装置1800包括至少一个处理器1820,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端的功能。通信装置1900可以包括第一通信模块1910-1,第二通信模块1910-2。示例性地,通信装置1900是第一设备时,该其它设备可以是终端。处理器1920利用第一通信模块1910-1或第二通信模块1910-2收发数据,并用于实现上述 方法实施例所述的方法。装置1900还可以包括至少一个存储器1930,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1930和处理器1920耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1920可能和存储器1930协同操作。处理器1920可能执行存储器1930中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。
通信装置1900在实现上述方法实施例时,各模块具体执行操作如第九方面或第十方面所述。
第九方面,实施例如下所述。
实施例1、处理器,用于当所述SIM1处于连接态,所述SIM2处于非连接态时,确定所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
处理器,用于通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
所述第一信息包括或指示的功能可以参照第一方面的实施例,在此不再赘述。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,处理器,还用于通过SIM2接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
处理器,还用于根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例3、如实施例1或2所述的装置,其中,处理器,还用于通过SIM2从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息。
处理器,还用于使所述SIM2进入连接态;确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例4、如实施例1、2或3所述的装置,在使所述SIM2进入连接态时,处理器用于通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;
处理器用于:在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。
实施例5、如实施例1~4任一项所述的装置,在通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息时,处理器用于确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,高于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;处理器用于:通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第一信息。
实施例6、如实施例1~5任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。
实施例7、如实施例1~6任一项所述的装置,其中,处理器还用于:
通过SIM1接收所述第一设备或所述第二设备发送的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态;
处理器还用于根据所述第二信息使所述SIM2进入连接态。
实施例8、如实施例7任一项所述的装置,其中,还包括:
处理器还用于确定所述SIM2由连接态转为非连接态,或者确定触发所述SIM2进入 连接态的业务结束,则:
处理器还用于通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备允许向所述SIM1发送寻呼消息。
实施例9、如实施例1~8任一项所述的装置,其中,在通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,处理器具体用于:
通过SIM1向为所述终端提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,通过SIM1向为所述终端提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例10、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求。的挂起消息。
实施例11、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
第十方面,实施例如下所述。
实施例1、处理器,用于当所述SIM1处于连接态,所述SIM2处于非连接态时,确定所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
处理器,还用于通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的PDU会话的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的QoS流的信息。
实施例3、如实施例2所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例4、如实施例2或3所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例5、如实施例2所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例1~6任一项所述的装置,其中,所述处理器还用于:
通过SIM2接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
处理器还用于根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例8、如实施例1~6任一项所述的装置,其中,所述处理器还用于:通过SIM2从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息;
处理器还用于使所述SIM2进入连接态;确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
实施例9、如实施例8所述的装置,其中,在使所述SIM2进入连接态时,处理器具体用于通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;
处理器具体用于:在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。
实施例10、如实施例1~9任一项所述的装置,其中,在通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息时,处理器具体用于确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,低于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;
处理器具体用于:通过所述SIM2向所述第一设备发送第一信息。
实施例11、实施例1~10任一项所述的装置,其中,还包括:
所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。
实施例12、如实施例1~11任一项所述的装置,其中,在通过所述SIM2向第一设备发送第一信息,处理器具体用于:
通过SIM2向为所述终端提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述第一RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,通过SIM2向为所述终端提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例13、如实施例12所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例14、如实施例12所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
如图19所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1900,用于实现上述方法中第一设备的功能。当实现第一设备的功能时,该通信装置可以是第一设备,也可以是第一设备中的装置,或者是能够和第一设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置1900可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。通信装置1900包括至少一个处理器1920,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一设备的功能。通信装置1900还可以包括通信接口1910。在本申请实施例中,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、 总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信。例如,通信接口1910用于装置1900中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,通信装置1900是第一设备时,该其它设备可以是终端。处理器1920利用通信接口1910收发数据,并用于实现上述方法实施例所述的方法。通信装置1900在实现上述方法实施例时,各模块具体执行操作如第十一方面或第十二方面所述。
第十一方面,实施例如下所述。
处理器,用于为终端的SIM1提供服务;
通信接口,用于从所述终端接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理器还用于,调用通信接口:
根据所述第一信息,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,根据所述第一信息,确定允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例3、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理器还用于,调用通信接口:
向所述第二设备转发所述第一信息,或根据所述第一信息发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例4、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的PDU会话的信息;或者,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的QoS流的信息。
实施例5、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例6、如实施例4或5所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向 所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例8、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务为紧急呼叫业务或位置更新业务,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息。
实施例9、实施例1~8任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;处理器还用于,调用通信接口执行:
在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息,或者向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。
实施例10、实施例1~9任一项所述的装置,其中,通信接口还用于:
向所述终端发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态,以及用于指示所述终端使所述SIM2进入连接态。
实施例11、实施例1~10任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一设备为接入网设备;通信接口具体用于:从终端接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;
或者,所述第一设备为核心网设备;从终端接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例12、如实施例11所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例13、如实施例11所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
第十二方面,实施例如下所述。
处理器,用于为终端的SIM1提供服务,所述终端包括SIM1和SIM2;
通信接口,用于从所述终端接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例2、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理器还用于,调用通信接口:
根据所述第一信息,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,根据所述第一信息,确定允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例3、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件;
所述处理器还用于,调用通信接口:
向所述第二设备转发所述第一信息,或根据所述第一信息发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的条件。
实施例4、如实施例1所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示:
允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的PDU会话的信息;或者,所述SIM1处于连接态时的QoS流的信息。
实施例5、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
实施例6、如实施例4或5所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
实施例7、如实施例4所述的装置,其中,所述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括:
用于描述允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,允许向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
实施例8、实施例1~7任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;所述通信接口还用于:
在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述终端发送寻呼所述SIM2的寻呼消息,或者向所述终端发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。
实施例9、实施例1~8任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一设备为接入网设备;通信接口用于:从终端接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,所述第一设备为核心网设备;从终端接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
实施例10、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
实施例11、如实施例9所述的装置,其中,所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
装置1900还可以包括至少一个存储器1930,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1930和处理器1920耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信 连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1920可能和存储器1930协同操作。处理器1920可能执行存储器1930中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。
本申请实施例中不限定上述第一通信模块1910-1、第一通信模块1910-2、处理器1920以及存储器1930之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图19中以存储器1930、第一通信模块1910-1、第一通信模块1910-2、以及处理器1920之间通过总线连接,总线在图19中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图19中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
通信装置1700和通信装置1900具体是芯片或者芯片系统时,通信模块1702与第一通信模块1910-1和第一通信模块1910-2所输出或接收的可以是基带信号。装置1700和装置1900具体是设备时,通信模块1702与第一通信模块1910-1和第一通信模块1910-2所输出或接收的可以是射频信号。在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。
在本申请实施例中,存储器可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。
本申请上述方法实施例描述的终端所执行的操作和功能中的部分或全部,或第一设备所执行的操作和功能中的部分或全部,可以用芯片或集成电路来完成。
为了实现上述图16、图17、图18或图19所述的装置的功能,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括处理器,用于支持该装置实现上述方法实施例中终端或第一设备所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中,该芯片与存储器连接或者该芯片包括存储器,该存储器用于保存该装置必要的程序指令和数据。
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法实施例的指令。
本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述方法实施例。
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图 和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本申请的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本申请范围的所有变更和修改。
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (26)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于通信装置,所述通信装置支持SIM1和SIM2,所述方法包括:
    确定所述SIM1处于连接态,所述SIM2需要从非连接态进入连接态;
    通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息;其中,所述第一信息指示停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括或指示允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件,所述第一信息包括或指示以下至少一项:
    允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息;或者,
    允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息;或者,
    允许所述第一设备或第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的信息;或者,
    触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;或者,
    触发所述SIM2进入连接态的PDU会话的信息;或者,
    触发所述SIM2进入连接态的QoS流的信息。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括以下至少一项:
    允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务类型;或者,
    允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的优先级;或者,
    允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的最低优先级。
  4. 如权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的信息,包括以下至少一项:
    用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的描述信息;或者,
    允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的优先级;或者,
    允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的PDU会话的最低优先级。
  5. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的业务的信息,包括以下至少一项:
    用于描述允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的服务质量QoS流的描述信息;或者,
    允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的QoS的优先级;或者,
    允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的QoS流的最低优先级。
  6. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务为紧急呼叫业务或位置更新业务,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备或第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息。
  7. 如权利要求1~6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收寻呼所述SIM2的第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包含或指示:触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
    根据触发所述SIM2进入连接态所述业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
  8. 如权利要求1~6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    从所述第一设备接收寻呼所述SIM2的第二寻呼消息;
    使所述SIM2进入连接态;
    确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息;
    根据所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的信息确定所述第一信息。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,使所述SIM2进入连接态,包括:
    通过所述SIM1向为所述SIM1提供服务的接入网设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求暂停调度所述SIM1的时隙;
    在所述时隙内通过所述SIM2连接到为所述SIM2提供服务的接入网设备。
  10. 如权利要求1~9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,包括:
    确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务的优先级,高于所述SIM1处于连接态时的业务的优先级;
    通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第一信息。
  11. 如权利要求1~10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息,所述定时器的信息用于指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的时长,或用于指示允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息的时长。
  12. 如权利要求1~11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收所述第一设备或所述第二设备发送的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述SIM1变更为非连接态;
    根据所述第二信息使所述SIM2进入连接态。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:
    确定所述SIM2由连接态转为非连接态,或者所述通信装置确定触发所述SIM2进入连接态的业务结束,则:
    通过所述SIM1向所述第一设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示所述第一设备或所述第二设备允许向所述SIM1发送寻呼消息。
  14. 如权利要求1~13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,通过所述SIM1向第一设备发送第一信息,包括:
    通过SIM1向为所述通信装置提供服务的接入网设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;或者,
    通过SIM1向为所述通信装置提供服务的核心网设备发送NAS消息,所述第一NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述RRC消息为用户设备辅助信息消息;或者,
    所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的释放消息;或者,
    所述RRC消息为用户设备请求的挂起消息。
  16. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述NAS消息为注册消息;或者,
    所述NAS消息为上行传输消息;或者,
    所述NAS消息为PDU会话修改消息。
  17. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一设备,所述方法包括:
    为通信装置的用户身份模块SIM1提供服务;
    从所述通信装置接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示:允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息指示所述第一设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示所述第一设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
    所述方法还包括:
    根据所述第一信息,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,确定允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
  19. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息指示第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第一信息包括或指示允许所述第二设备向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件;
    所述方法还包括:
    向所述第二设备转发所述第一信息,或根据所述第一信息发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第二设备停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息;或者,所述第二信息包括或指示所述第二设备允许向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息的条件。
  20. 如权利要求17~19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括定时器的信息;所述方法还包括:
    在所述定时器超时前,停止向所述通信装置发送寻呼所述SIM1的寻呼消息,或者向所述通信装置发送寻呼满足所述条件的寻呼消息。
  21. 如权利要求17~20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向所述通信装置发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示将所述通信装置的SIM1变更为非连接态,以及用于指示所述通信装置使所述通信装置的SIM2进入连接态。
  22. 如权利要求17~21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备为接入网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收RRC消息,所述RRC消息中携带所述第一信息;
    或者,
    所述第一设备为核心网设备;从通信装置接收第一信息,包括:从通信装置接收NAS消息,所述NAS消息中携带所述第一信息。
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置支持SIM1和SIM2,所述通信装置包括存储器、处理器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述处理器用于执行所述指令,以使得所述通信装置以实现权利要求1至16任一项所述的方法。
  24. 一种设备,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于与其它装置 进行通信;所述处理器用于运行一组程序,以使得所述通信装置以实现权利要求17至22任一项所述的方法。
  25. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与存储器相连或者所述芯片包括所述存储器,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的指令,以实现如权利要求1至22任意一项所述的方法。
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当所述计算机可读指令在装置上运行时,使得所述装置执行权利要求1至22任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/123747 2019-11-08 2020-10-26 一种通信方法及装置 WO2021088675A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020227017878A KR20220087553A (ko) 2019-11-08 2020-10-26 통신 방법 및 장치
CN202080077724.XA CN114667776A (zh) 2019-11-08 2020-10-26 一种通信方法及装置
EP20884392.0A EP4044706A4 (en) 2019-11-08 2020-10-26 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE
US17/774,936 US20220394459A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2020-10-26 Communications method and apparatus
JP2022525966A JP7401668B2 (ja) 2019-11-08 2020-10-26 通信方法および装置

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911090557.8A CN112788745B (zh) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 一种通信方法及装置
CN201911090557.8 2019-11-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021088675A1 true WO2021088675A1 (zh) 2021-05-14

Family

ID=75749021

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/123747 WO2021088675A1 (zh) 2019-11-08 2020-10-26 一种通信方法及装置

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20220394459A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4044706A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7401668B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20220087553A (zh)
CN (2) CN112788745B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021088675A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7490785B2 (ja) 2020-01-20 2024-05-27 維沃移動通信有限公司 メッセージ通知方法、端末及びネットワーク機器

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112929867A (zh) * 2019-12-06 2021-06-08 华为技术有限公司 一种寻呼方法和装置
US11394658B2 (en) * 2020-04-08 2022-07-19 Apple Inc. Coordinated internet protocol packet filtering
CN115442890A (zh) * 2021-06-02 2022-12-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 信息处理方法、装置、通信设备及可读存储介质
WO2022267042A1 (zh) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 恢复寻呼的处理方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质
EP4369809A1 (en) * 2021-07-09 2024-05-15 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Information sending method and apparatus, paging restriction method and apparatus, and communication apparatus and storage medium
WO2023004602A1 (zh) * 2021-07-27 2023-02-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 信息发送、寻呼限制方法和装置、通信装置和存储介质
WO2023035199A1 (zh) * 2021-09-09 2023-03-16 北京小米移动软件有限公司 间隙请求、请求接收方法和装置、通信装置和存储介质
CN116801228A (zh) * 2022-03-14 2023-09-22 荣耀终端有限公司 数据传输方法及终端设备

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1937839A (zh) * 2005-09-23 2007-03-28 华为技术有限公司 一种基于双模/多模终端的业务实现方法和系统
CN103379468A (zh) * 2012-04-27 2013-10-30 马维尔国际有限公司 单收发机dsds终端及用于该终端的接收方法
US20180160422A1 (en) * 2016-12-07 2018-06-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and dual sim dual standby (dsds) devices for managing data communication
CN110214462A (zh) * 2019-04-25 2019-09-06 北京小米移动软件有限公司 寻呼响应方法和装置,寻呼方法和装置

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103167610B (zh) * 2011-12-12 2017-10-13 安华高科技通用Ip(新加坡)公司 用于多sim用户设备的智能资源控制
TW201408101A (zh) * 2012-05-10 2014-02-16 Interdigital Patent Holdings 虛擬化網路中傳呼及系統資訊廣播處理
US9445385B2 (en) * 2014-02-25 2016-09-13 Qualcomm Incorporated System and methods for improving network registration for all SIMs of a multi-SIM device using a dynamically-determined registration order
US20160381710A1 (en) * 2015-06-29 2016-12-29 Qualcomm Incorporated System and Methods for Using a Radio Frequency Resource to Improve Performance on a Data Communication in a Multi-Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) Wireless Communication Device
JP6633202B2 (ja) * 2015-11-12 2020-01-22 ソニーモバイルコミュニケーションズ株式会社 ユーザ機器、ネットワークノード、及び無線通信方法
KR102486257B1 (ko) * 2017-03-25 2023-01-06 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 이중 sim 이중 활성을 구현하는 통신 방법, 및 단말
WO2018236164A1 (ko) * 2017-06-21 2018-12-27 엘지전자(주) 무선 통신 시스템에서 서비스 요청 절차 수행 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
US10779254B2 (en) * 2017-08-16 2020-09-15 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Service request method for 5G local service
CN111278106B (zh) * 2019-01-18 2021-12-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 寻呼指示方法、寻呼方法、终端和网络侧设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1937839A (zh) * 2005-09-23 2007-03-28 华为技术有限公司 一种基于双模/多模终端的业务实现方法和系统
CN103379468A (zh) * 2012-04-27 2013-10-30 马维尔国际有限公司 单收发机dsds终端及用于该终端的接收方法
US20180160422A1 (en) * 2016-12-07 2018-06-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and dual sim dual standby (dsds) devices for managing data communication
CN110214462A (zh) * 2019-04-25 2019-09-06 北京小米移动软件有限公司 寻呼响应方法和装置,寻呼方法和装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4044706A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7490785B2 (ja) 2020-01-20 2024-05-27 維沃移動通信有限公司 メッセージ通知方法、端末及びネットワーク機器

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023501337A (ja) 2023-01-18
KR20220087553A (ko) 2022-06-24
CN112788745B (zh) 2022-11-04
JP7401668B2 (ja) 2023-12-19
US20220394459A1 (en) 2022-12-08
CN112788745A (zh) 2021-05-11
CN114667776A (zh) 2022-06-24
EP4044706A4 (en) 2022-12-07
EP4044706A1 (en) 2022-08-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021088675A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN111436087B (zh) 一种pdu会话切换方法及其装置
US11778550B2 (en) Methods and apparatus relating to inactive mode in a wireless communications network
WO2018129875A1 (zh) 一种通信路径转换方法及设备
JP6651633B2 (ja) データスケジューリング方法、基地局およびシステム
JP2020504566A (ja) 移動通信システムでアクセス及び移動性管理機能を選択するための方法及び装置
US20220345879A1 (en) Communication related to configuration update
CN109565785A (zh) 一种寻呼方法和寻呼设备
CN113766670A (zh) 一种pdu会话激活方法、寻呼方法及其装置
EP4207844A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for support of mt-sdt considering cu-du split
CN115699816A (zh) 用于在双连接下进行侧行链路中继通信的方法
JP2023522781A (ja) ネットワーク切替方法、装置、機器および記憶媒体
US20230156458A1 (en) Method for information transmission, communication device, and storage medium
CN107809774B (zh) 一种网络侧位置区更新的方法、装置和节点
WO2021213014A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US20230276216A1 (en) Method for ui/ux display for supporting service continuity when disaster situation ends, and device supporting same
EP4297481A1 (en) Mbs-related communication method
US20240057219A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023137579A1 (zh) 紧急业务的提供方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2022002134A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
KR102006150B1 (ko) 이종 네트워크 시스템에서 서비스를 제공하는 방법 및 그를 위한 장치
US20220287002A1 (en) Network-triggered paging for multi-radio dual connectivity
WO2022268478A1 (en) Notification of sgw change for one or more pdn connections when combined sgw/pgw/smf set is deployed
CN116248237A (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN117501766A (zh) 指示信息发送方法、组播业务更新方法、装置及介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20884392

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022525966

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227017878

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020884392

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220509

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE